summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/69515-h/69515-h.htm
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/69515-h/69515-h.htm')
-rw-r--r--old/69515-h/69515-h.htm8369
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 8369 deletions
diff --git a/old/69515-h/69515-h.htm b/old/69515-h/69515-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index ed16964..0000000
--- a/old/69515-h/69515-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8369 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html>
-<html lang="en">
-<head>
- <meta charset="UTF-8">
- <title>
- In the tiger’s lair, by Leo E. Miller—A Project Gutenberg eBook
- </title>
- <link rel="icon" href="images/cover.jpg" type="image/x-cover">
- <style>
-
-body {
- margin-left: 10%;
- margin-right: 10%;
-}
-
- h1,h2 {
- text-align: center;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-p {
- margin-top: .51em;
- text-align: justify;
- margin-bottom: .49em;
-}
-
-hr {
- width: 33%;
- margin-top: 2em;
- margin-bottom: 2em;
- margin-left: 33.5%;
- margin-right: 33.5%;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-hr.tb {width: 45%; margin-left: 27.5%; margin-right: 27.5%;}
-hr.tiny {width: 10%; margin-left: 45%; margin-right: 45%;}
-hr.chap {width: 65%; margin-left: 17.5%; margin-right: 17.5%;}
-@media print { hr.chap {display: none; visibility: hidden;} }
-
-div.chapter {page-break-before: always;}
-h2.nobreak {page-break-before: avoid;}
-
-table {
- margin-left: auto;
- margin-right: auto;
-}
-
-.tdr {text-align: right; vertical-align: bottom;}
-
-.pagenum {
- position: absolute;
- left: 92%;
- font-size: smaller;
- text-align: right;
- font-style: normal;
- font-weight: normal;
- font-variant: normal;
- text-indent: 0;
-}
-
-.blockquot {
- margin-left: 17.5%;
- margin-right: 17.5%;
-}
-
-.x-ebookmaker .blockquot {
- margin-left: 7.5%;
- margin-right: 7.5%;
-}
-
-.center {text-align: center;}
-
-.right {text-align: right;}
-
-.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
-
-.allsmcap {font-variant: small-caps; text-transform: lowercase;}
-
-.ph1 {text-align: center; font-size: large; font-weight: bold;}
-.ph2 {text-align: center; font-size: xx-large; font-weight: bold;}
-
-div.titlepage {text-align: center; page-break-before: always; page-break-after: always;}
-div.titlepage p {text-align: center; font-weight: bold; line-height: 1.5; margin-top: 2em;}
-
-.xxlarge {font-size: 200%;}
-.large {font-size: 125%;}
-
-.caption {font-weight: bold; text-align: center;}
-
-.illoright {margin-left: 24em;}
-
-.x-ebookmaker .hide {display: none; visibility: hidden;}
-
-.figcenter {
- margin: auto;
- text-align: center;
- page-break-inside: avoid;
- max-width: 100%;
-}
-
-.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA;
- color: black;
- font-size:smaller;
- margin-left: 17.5%;
- margin-right: 17.5%;
- padding: 1em;
- margin-bottom: 1em;
- font-family:sans-serif, serif; }
-
-</style>
-</head>
-<body>
-<p style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of In the tiger&#039;s lair, by Leo E. Miller</p>
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
-at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
-are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
-country where you are located before using this eBook.
-</div>
-
-<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: In the tiger&#039;s lair</p>
-<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: Leo E. Miller</p>
-<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Illustrator: Paul Bransom</p>
-<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: December 9, 2022 [eBook #69515]</p>
-<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</p>
- <p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; text-align:left'>Produced by: Tim Lindell, David E. Brown, and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images generously made available by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.)</p>
-<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK IN THE TIGER&#039;S LAIR ***</div>
-
-<div class="figcenter hide"><img src="images/coversmall.jpg" width="450" alt=""></div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h1>IN THE TIGER’S LAIR</h1>
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p class="ph1">BY THE SAME AUTHOR</p>
-
-<hr class="tiny">
-<p class="center"><i>Illustrated by Paul Bransom</i><br>
-THE HIDDEN PEOPLE<br>
-A Story of a Search for Hidden Treasure</p>
-
-<hr class="tiny">
-<p class="center">CHARLES SCRIBNER’S SONS</p>
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_0"></span>
-<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/i_frontispiece.jpg" alt=""></div>
-<p class="caption">“Quizquiz, Inca, Child of the Sun ... commands that you<br>
-appear before his sacred person”<br>
-
-<span class="illoright">[<i>Page <a href="#Page_95">95</a></i></span></p>
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/i_title.jpg" alt=""></div>
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<p><span class="xxlarge">IN THE TIGER’S LAIR</span></p>
-
-<p>BY<br>
-<span class="large">LEO E. MILLER</span><br>
-
-AUTHOR OF<br>
-
-“IN THE WILDS OF SOUTH AMERICA,”<br>
-“THE HIDDEN PEOPLE”</p>
-
-<p>ILLUSTRATED BY PAUL BRANSOM</p>
-
-<p>NEW YORK<br>
-CHARLES SCRIBNER’S SONS<br>
-1921</p>
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p class="center">
-<span class="smcap">Copyright, 1921, by</span><br>
-CHARLES SCRIBNER’S SONS<br>
-<br>
-<span class="allsmcap">COPYRIGHT, 1921, BY</span> THE CURTIS PUBLISHING CO.<br>
-<br>
-<br>
-THE SCRIBNER PRESS</p>
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p class="center">TO THE MEMORY<br>
-<br>
-OF<br>
-<br>
-<span class="large">LITTLE ROBERT</span></p>
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak">PREFACE</h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class="blockquot">
-<p>“In The Tiger’s Lair” is the story of the return of
-Stanley Livingston and Ted Boyle to the Andes
-Mountains of Peru to complete their search for the
-hidden treasure of the Incas. It is a separate and
-complete story in itself—one may read and understand
-it without having read “The Hidden People.”</p>
-
-<p class="right"><span class="smcap">Leo E. Miller.</span></p>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Floral Park,<br>
-Stratford, Conn.</span>,<br>
-Sept. 1, 1921.</p>
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_ix">[ix]</span>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">CONTENTS</h2>
-</div>
-
-<table>
-
-<tr><td class="tdr"><small>CHAPTER</small></td><td class="tdr" colspan="2"><small>PAGE</small></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdr">I.</td><td> THE END OF THE UNDERGROUND RIVER</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_1"> 1</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdr">II.</td><td> SKY HIGH</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_11"> 11</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdr">III.</td><td> THE RETURN TO THE LAND OF THE INCAS</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_24"> 24</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdr">IV.</td><td> THE RIVALRY OF THE AIRMEN</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_32"> 32</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdr">V.</td><td> IN QUEST OF THE HIDDEN TREASURE</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_43"> 43</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdr">VI.</td><td> THE CROWNING MISFORTUNE</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_55"> 55</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdr">VII.</td><td> IN THE TIGER’S LAIR</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_66"> 66</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdr">VIII.</td><td> THE INCA’S THREAT</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_80"> 80</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdr">IX.</td><td> SONCCO’S SHREWDNESS</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_92"> 92</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdr">X.</td><td> THE PRISONERS CAPTURE THE KING</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_105"> 105</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdr">XI.</td><td> THE COUNSEL OF THE WISE MEN</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_116"> 116</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdr">XII.</td><td> THE VILLAINY OF VILLAC UMU</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_128"> 128</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdr">XIII.</td><td> STANLEY’S PLAN</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_140"> 140</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdr">XIV.</td><td> SONCCO’S AID TO THE PLOTTERS</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_151"> 151</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdr">XV.</td><td> THE TERROR OF DARKNESS AT MIDDAY</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_165"> 165</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdr">XVI.</td><td> THE COMING OF THE TIGERS</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_180"> 180</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdr">XVII.</td><td> ANIMALS OF A BYGONE AGE</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_193"> 193</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdr">XVIII.</td><td> THE MAN IN THE CRATER</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_205"> 205</a><span class="pagenum" id="Page_x">[x]</span></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdr">XIX.</td><td> THE BREACH IN THE MOUNTAIN IS CLOSED &#160; &#160; </td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_221"> 221</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdr">XX.</td><td> THE KING IS CROWNED</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_233"> 233</a></td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_xi">[xi]</span>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">ILLUSTRATIONS</h2>
-</div>
-
-<table>
-
-<tr><td>“Quizquiz, Inca, Child of the Sun ... commands that you<br>
-&#160; &#160; &#160; appear before his sacred person”</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_0"> <i>Frontispiece</i></a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td class="tdr" colspan="2"><small>FACING PAGE</small></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td>Very obviously the Inca had carefully planned to impress<br>
-&#160; &#160; &#160; the visitors</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_82"> 82</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td>It was a bushmaster, the deadliest and the most feared of all<br>
-&#160; &#160; &#160; South American snakes</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_170"> 170</a></td></tr>
-
-<tr><td>An instant later a huge, dark form catapulted past the crouching<br>
-&#160; &#160; &#160; men</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_210"> 210</a></td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_1">[1]</span>
-
-<p class="ph2">IN THE TIGER’S LAIR</p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER I<br>
-
-<small>THE END OF THE UNDERGROUND RIVER</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Two</span> years had passed since that day when Stanley
-Livingston and Ted Boyle, accompanied by the giant
-negro, Moses, faced the perils of the underground
-river rather than suffer a lingering death on the dismal
-shores of the lagoon beyond the wall at Uti.</p>
-
-<p>Having finished their course at college, Livingston
-and Boyle, or Stanley and Ted, as they were better
-known, had decided upon a novel way of spending a
-few months’ vacation before entering their more serious
-professional careers. They went to look for the
-hidden treasure of the Incas that was known to lie
-somewhere in the vast ranges of the Andes Mountains
-of Peru. They well understood the difficulties
-of such an undertaking; there were snow-clad peaks
-to climb and steaming jungles to penetrate, and
-dangerous animals and still more formidable wild
-people to combat. But all these things simply added
-to the attraction of the venture.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_2">[2]</span>They had gone in quest of adventure, and their
-desire was gratified beyond their wildest expectations.
-Shipwreck, the burning thirst of a desert land, battles
-with fierce monkey-men, and the dread fevers of the
-lowlands were their lot during the first months of the
-journey. Then—the Hidden Valley where the Inca
-Huayna Capac lived and ruled the remnant of the
-once-great nation in all the magnificence and splendor
-of ancient times. The great king received them, not
-unkindly, made them princes, and surrounded them
-with every luxury. From the beginning, however,
-Quizquiz, son of the Inca and heir to the throne, had
-conspired against them, and in the end he had succeeded
-in securing their conviction on the charge of
-treason. They were condemned to exile beyond the
-great wall that divided the valley from Uti, the abode
-of the evil spirits. It was Timichi, previously banished
-to the dismal place, who showed them the
-gold-filled cavern where the vast treasure reposed
-and who later pointed out to them the underground
-river just as all hope of escape seemed gone. They
-had accepted the last, desperate chance and had
-emerged in the outer world rich in gold and in experience.</p>
-
-<p>And now, after a period of two years, they found
-themselves back in the drooping wilderness, encamped<span class="pagenum" id="Page_3">[3]</span>
-at the outer end of the underground river, preparing
-to remove the vast treasure their former efforts had
-revealed.</p>
-
-<p>“We might have left this place only yesterday, so
-far as appearances are concerned,” Stanley said as
-they stood on the edge of the open, park-like place
-flanked by the abrupt cliffs on one side and the heavy
-jungle on the other. “Everything looks just the same
-as it did then. The deer are grazing just as peacefully
-and—I distinctly remember seeing that one with
-the lame fore leg. It speaks well for the neighborhood;
-the monkey-men have not invaded it yet, or
-the deer would not be so tame.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, it surely does not seem as if two years have
-passed since we were here. The only thing lacking
-is Moses, but that is not our fault. We tried our best
-to find him. But, I wish we had him just the same,
-because we need him.”</p>
-
-<p>“Poor old Moses. I miss him too. He saved our
-lives, and no one but a giant like him could have done
-it. But for him we should never have gotten out of
-the valley. If we ever succeed in locating him we
-shall have to divide up the gold we are going to get
-now. He shared all the hardships and he is entitled
-to a share of the spoils.”</p>
-
-<p>“You are right, and no matter how much we give<span class="pagenum" id="Page_4">[4]</span>
-him we shall always be in debt to him for what he
-did for us.”</p>
-
-<p>They started across the open plot toward the little
-stream that wended its way through the centre. The
-deer stopped grazing, looked up at them with startled
-eyes, and then bounded into the protecting forest.
-When the men reached the watercourse, they followed
-it to the base of the stone escarpment, the top of which
-was hidden by the belt of yellowish, poisonous vapor
-that served as such an effectual barrier between the
-outer world and the Hidden Valley. Laving the foot
-of the stone wall was the pool, and opening into it
-was the black cavern that in reality was the mouth of
-the underground river.</p>
-
-<p>“One would hardly suspect it of being such a magic
-river to-day,” Ted said, throwing himself on the short
-grass; “the water is flowing neither way; it is standing
-still. Wonder what Timichi would say to that,
-were he alive; but I have no doubt he has been dead
-a good many months.”</p>
-
-<p>“He clung to life a number of years even in that
-awful place, but I, too, think he must be dead now.
-He was nearly gone when we left him. Too bad there
-was nothing we could do for the poor fellow.”</p>
-
-<p>They returned to camp and began to prepare supper.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_5">[5]</span>“Our provisions should last several weeks, not
-counting on the game we can get here,” Stanley
-observed as he looked over the supplies. “In that
-length of time we can bring out all the gold any one
-could possibly desire. We have only to hide it inside
-of sacks of ivory nuts, of which the jungle is full
-around here, cache it, and then one of us can stay on
-guard while the other goes back to Cuzco for peons
-to carry them out. No one will ever suspect.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s all so simple. And there is not a chance of
-failure,” Ted remarked between mouthfuls. “Just
-think, there are millions in gold on the other side of
-that wall, and it is all ours for the mere taking. Let’s
-do the job as quickly as possible; I want to get back
-home to make use of my wealth.”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t be too sure,” Stanley cautioned. “You
-know we haven’t got it yet.”</p>
-
-<p>“But it is there. We know that, because we saw
-it and helped ourselves to all we could carry. And
-we know how to get in and out of the place too. So
-this one time I am dead sure that as much gold as we
-want will be ours in a few weeks, and I for one am
-going to treat myself generously.”</p>
-
-<p>Remembering Moses’ experience with the deadly
-bushmaster, they made no attempt to sleep on the
-ground. But, going into the forest, cut a number of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_6">[6]</span>
-stout poles and, tying the tops together to form tripods,
-slung their hammocks between them for the
-night.</p>
-
-<p>Their first thought on the following morning was
-to see if there was any perceptible current in the river;
-but to their disappointment they found that the water
-was stationary, as before.</p>
-
-<p>“Looks as if we might have to paddle the rafts
-through. We could do that easily enough if necessary,
-but it would help a good deal if the water were
-flowing in the right direction. But why worry? It
-will take at least two days to make the rafts, and by
-that time the current will doubtless set in again.”</p>
-
-<p>They now began to work in earnest. Near the
-lower end of the open space where the river entered
-the forest, clumps of tall bamboo dotted both banks.
-Some of the great, jointed stems were fully eight inches
-in diameter and fifty feet high. Chopping them down
-and cutting them into ten-foot lengths was hard work,
-for they had only their machetes, or brush-knives, with
-which to work. Also, as each joint was full of water
-it had to be tapped and drained, after which the openings
-had to be plugged up again with gum; this made
-the stalks light and buoyant. They carried them to
-the water, one at a time, and lashed them together to
-form rafts. This required more time than they had<span class="pagenum" id="Page_7">[7]</span>
-anticipated; in fact, four days passed before the two
-were completed.</p>
-
-<p>“How much gold do you intend to take from the
-cave?” Ted asked one day when their task was nearly
-finished.</p>
-
-<p>“As much as I can, of course. These rafts will carry
-several hundred pounds each in addition to our own
-weight, and we can make a dozen trips, or even more.”</p>
-
-<p>“A ton for each is not too much. It is remarkable
-how much the yellow metal is worth. When we were
-here before, you guessed that each of our packs contained
-about ten thousand dollars’ worth, and you
-were nearly right. We got almost eleven thousand
-apiece, and the emerald necklaces were appraised at
-double that. I should not wonder but that there are
-many precious stones in the cave, too, hidden among
-the gold.”</p>
-
-<p>“All the better for us. They are not so bulky or
-heavy. Think of all the good we can do when we get
-back home.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes! I intend to be very liberal with a certain
-college I think a lot of.”</p>
-
-<p>“Hospitals is my hobby. You shall see.”</p>
-
-<p>When the rafts were all ready they pushed them
-along the bank, and up to the mouth of the underground
-river.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_8">[8]</span>“It is strange that the water does not move,” Ted
-said, looking puzzled. “It looks black and stagnant—as
-if it has been standing still a long time.”</p>
-
-<p>“Do not let that trouble you. If it does not flow
-by to-morrow morning we shall paddle through the
-tunnel. We have been through it before and know
-the way. Besides, we are well supplied with flash-lights
-now. There is nothing to it, so why worry?”</p>
-
-<p>They hewed short, broad-bladed paddles out of a
-cottonwood branch and carefully covered all the
-things they did not intend to take with them on the
-following day with broad palm-leaves, to protect them
-if it rained.</p>
-
-<p>When dawn came, it found them on their rafts,
-paddling into the mouth of the cave. Once inside,
-Stanley switched on one of the lights that had been
-tied to the front of his raft, and the bright glare revealed
-a passage from ten to twenty feet wide with
-an uneven ceiling of jagged rock fifteen feet above
-their heads. Swarms of bats, frightened by the unusual
-visitors, left their hiding-places overhead, and
-with a flutter of wings dashed out of reach of the circle
-of light and disappeared.</p>
-
-<p>“We have been going over half an hour now,” Ted
-said, looking at his watch. “Of course we have not
-made very good time, but we should be nearing the
-end. Can you see daylight ahead?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_9">[9]</span>“No! The opening is not in sight. But, what is
-this? Slow up so you won’t bump into me! The
-water seems to stop here.”</p>
-
-<p>“Stop? There must be a bend in the river.”</p>
-
-<p>“I can see none.”</p>
-
-<p>“Still there must be some open channel. Didn’t we
-come through here before? Give me the light; perhaps
-the turn is back here.”</p>
-
-<p>They focussed the bright rays in all directions, but
-to no avail.</p>
-
-<p>“Ted!” Stanley cried in sudden consternation.
-“This <i>was</i> the opening, right here, but it is not here
-now. It has been blocked up.”</p>
-
-<p>“Impossible,” Ted returned in dismay. “Do you
-mean that we cannot get back into the valley?”</p>
-
-<p>“Come ahead and see for yourself.”</p>
-
-<p>Ted pushed his way to the front of Stanley’s raft.
-The latter’s words were all too true, for the opening
-into the valley was filled with earth and stones of large
-size.</p>
-
-<p>“They learned of our escape from Timichi,” Ted
-said bitterly, “and knew we would come back. Well,
-I am not ready to admit that all my visions and hopes
-are dead; but just now there is nothing but darkness
-ahead.”</p>
-
-<p>“How about dynamite?” Stanley asked suddenly.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_10">[10]</span>
-“We could blast away the rocks in the entrance and
-get in after all.”</p>
-
-<p>“But what could we do against the Inca’s hordes
-once we were inside?”</p>
-
-<p>“Come to think of it, I do not believe they had
-anything to do with this. They would not dare venture
-beyond the wall. There must have been a landslide
-on the slope above. In a region like this earthquakes
-occur frequently on account of the many
-volcanoes, and that would explain all this.”</p>
-
-<p>They paddled back through the tunnel silently and
-sadly. All their dreams of wealth had suddenly vanished.
-It had never occurred to them that something
-might prevent them from securing the enormous treasure
-they had discovered. They knew its exact location;
-its value was so great that no man could estimate
-it, and to secure it required no further effort than
-to take it and carry it away. And then—their great
-disappointment.</p>
-
-<p>“That is just what we will do,” Stanley said that
-night as they were eating their supper. “We have
-not lost a thing, only there will be a slight delay in
-carrying out our original plans. To-morrow we shall
-start back to Cuzco for the dynamite. The rest will
-be easy.”</p>
-
-<p>Stanley had never been more mistaken in his life.</p>
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_11">[11]</span>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER II<br>
-
-<small>SKY HIGH</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">When</span> the two reached Cuzco, after the long, difficult
-climb up the mountain-sides, they found news of
-a startling character awaiting them. Their own country
-had become involved in the World War. And
-with this intelligence came to them the realization of
-their duty.</p>
-
-<p>The two lost no time in returning to the coast, and
-took the next steamer bound northward. Arrived in
-their homes, Ted applied for and was accepted in one
-of the officers’ training-camps, while Stanley enlisted
-in the aviation branch of the service.</p>
-
-<p>Before long Ted began to regret his decision to join
-the infantry. It happened late one October afternoon
-when the company was returning, under full
-packs, from a lengthy hike into the country. The
-dust rose in clouds that threatened to suffocate the
-men and the sun still blazed unrelentingly on the
-weary, tramping forms. But even as they marched
-along the men sang with a good deal of spirit, although<span class="pagenum" id="Page_12">[12]</span>
-any one who had heard them outward bound that
-morning could have easily recognized the difference
-in the vigor of their song.</p>
-
-<p>From afar came a droning, buzzing sound, hard to
-locate but drawing rapidly nearer. A moment later
-some one shouted “airplane,” and a hundred and
-fifty pairs of eyes were eagerly scanning the sky; soon
-they succeeded in making out a small, dark speck
-high in the heavens, and as they gazed it grew larger
-and larger, until finally the trim outlines of the graceful
-craft could be distinguished clearly. Something
-seemed to go wrong with the machine when it was
-directly overhead. The steady purr of the motor
-stopped and the great speed at which the ship had
-been travelling began to slacken. Every one held his
-breath in anticipation of the tragedy that was about
-to take place. After a second’s pause, during which
-the airplane seemed to stand still, it plunged toward
-the earth in a bewildering succession of turns, nose
-down, tail pointed into the sky. Its antics gave one
-the impression that it might be sliding down some
-gigantic aerial corkscrew, and how long the craft continued
-in its spinning fall to destruction no one knew,
-but to the spectators below it seemed like minutes.
-Just as it appeared as if the next few turns must bring
-the fatal crash the machine stopped spinning, started<span class="pagenum" id="Page_13">[13]</span>
-into a graceful, straight dive, and then with a startled
-roar of the exhausts swooped upward and away.</p>
-
-<p>“I’d give anything in the world to be able to fly
-like that,” Ted confided to the cadet by his side.</p>
-
-<p>“You are covering a lot of territory,” he replied.
-“The ground is good enough for me.”</p>
-
-<p>“It will have to be for me, too, I guess, but think
-of those fellows playing among the clouds while we
-swallow dust on the road or wallow in knee-deep mud
-in the trenches. Think of the glory of fighting miles
-above the earth!”</p>
-
-<p>“What’s the matter? Not feeling sorry for yourself,
-are you?”</p>
-
-<p>Ted ignored this remark. His thoughts were high
-above in the ethereal blue, where the airplane had
-been manœuvring with such graceful ease but a few
-minutes before.</p>
-
-<p>“I want to fly and do my fighting up there,” he said
-to himself more than to any one else in particular.</p>
-
-<p>“And be shot down and hit the ground so hard it
-would take the whole police squad a week to dig you
-out,” Ted’s neighbor, whose name was Carter, interrupted.
-“Not for me! I’ll take mine down here,
-where I know there is something safe and solid under
-my two feet.”</p>
-
-<p>The company reached the barracks with just fifteen<span class="pagenum" id="Page_14">[14]</span>
-minutes in which to brush up for retreat. There was
-no time for discussion or conversation, but that night,
-just before taps, it was reported that a commission
-had arrived whose object it was to select men for the
-air service; several would be accepted from each company.
-That accounted for the sudden appearance
-of the air-ship that afternoon; it was part of the
-advertising plan to secure the necessary number of
-men.</p>
-
-<p>Ted called on his captain immediately, and was
-told to report to the major in charge of the commission
-on the following morning.</p>
-
-<p>There was no sleep for him that night. The hours
-dragged as he tossed restlessly on his hard bunk and
-listened to the heavy breathing of the other men, and
-when morning came he was so excited he was sure he
-should be rejected on that very account. But the
-major was inclined to make allowances, and informed
-Ted that he might expect to be transferred at no far-distant
-date.</p>
-
-<p>The order releasing him from duty with the company
-and sending him southward to the ground school
-in Texas came two weeks later. And two days after
-that Ted was speeding toward his new station.</p>
-
-<p>Then followed three months of the hardest kind of
-work; there were long lectures and hours of study<span class="pagenum" id="Page_15">[15]</span>
-upon the organization of foreign armies, interspersed
-with periods of calisthenics and infantry drill; also
-instructions on topics connected with flying, such as
-motors, rigging, gunnery, and wireless. Every one
-worked at top speed to assimilate as much as possible
-of the knowledge with which he was being
-crammed; that occupied all the hours of daylight and
-part of the night, too, so there was little time to form
-close and lasting friendships. Everybody was so busy
-with his own problems that it was impossible to pay
-much attention to the other fellow.</p>
-
-<p>But the three months were up at last, and Ted,
-standing near the head of his section, was promptly
-sent to flying school. Those who were not so fortunate
-in their marks were sent to concentration camps
-to wait weeks, even months, for their turn.</p>
-
-<p>“Attention to orders,” called the section leader the
-morning after Ted and a number of others had reported
-for their new class of instruction. “Boyle, Currier,
-Davis, and Edwards report to Lieutenant Livingston,
-Ship Number 188. Green, Hammond, Jones, and
-Murphy report to Lieutenant Talbot, Ship Number
-210,” and so on down the line, ending with a final
-“Fall out.”</p>
-
-<p>Ted could not believe his ears. Was it possible
-that the Lieutenant Livingston who was to be his<span class="pagenum" id="Page_16">[16]</span>
-instructor was Stanley? They had not communicated
-with one another since entering the service.</p>
-
-<p>Ted hurried to Ship Number 188, which had been
-pointed out to him by one of the mechanics.</p>
-
-<p>“Lieutenant Livingston, sir?” he inquired of the
-officer evidently in charge of the ship.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, what can I do for you? Why—if it isn’t Ted.
-What are you doing here? I am certainly glad to see
-you.”</p>
-
-<p>Ted explained how he had been transferred from
-the infantry and had just completed his course at
-ground school; also that he had been assigned to
-Stanley for flying instruction.</p>
-
-<p>“This is luck. Let’s get at it right away; we can
-talk more to-night. Hop into the rear seat and we’ll
-start right off.”</p>
-
-<p>“What do I have to do?” Ted asked excitedly.</p>
-
-<p>“This is just going to be a joy ride around the
-field. Don’t do or touch anything; sit as comfortably
-as you can and look around; watch the ground and the
-air and the other ships.”</p>
-
-<p>So saying he helped Ted into his place and showed
-him how to adjust the buckle of his safety-belt across
-his lap. “You will hardly ever need the belt,” he
-said, “but it is just as well to get into the habit of
-fastening it.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_17">[17]</span>Then he climbed into the forward cockpit and
-opened and closed the throttle a number of times,
-while the motor roared and slowed down alternately.
-At a signal to the crew chief, the men removed the
-blocks from under the wheels, and taking hold of the
-lower wings swung the ship around until it faced the
-flying-field, which was into the wind.</p>
-
-<p>An instant later, with an increasing roar, the machine
-was tearing across the ground at a terrific speed.
-Ted looked down over the edges of the cockpit, and
-saw the grass rushing backward in a blurred, green
-streak. A frightful wind struck his face, cutting off
-his breath and making his eyes water. He ducked
-his head behind the little celluloid wind-shield to adjust
-his goggles more snugly, and when he looked
-again they had left the ground. He closed his eyes
-for a moment; there was no sensation of motion whatever;
-they seemed to be standing stock-still, like a kite
-at the end of a string, facing a cyclone of wind, but
-the thunder of the engine was deafening.</p>
-
-<p>After climbing a thousand feet, they made a number
-of circuits of the field. Then Stanley throttled
-the motor and dipping the ship down at a steep
-angle, began the glide back to the landing-place. The
-propeller moved so slowly that the blades could easily
-be distinguished, and the wind shrieked through the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_18">[18]</span>
-wires with a shrill wail. They levelled off at a few
-feet above the ground, and after skimming along a
-short distance, touched so gently that there was
-scarcely any shock; after that they slowed down and
-rolled up to the dead-line from which they had started.</p>
-
-<p>The course of instruction continued daily, and
-under Stanley’s capable guidance Ted learned rapidly.
-When he had had six hours in the air he could
-fly the ship in a manner satisfactory to his teacher;
-so Stanley took it upon himself to include a few of
-the more commonly used stunts in the course. For
-this purpose, however, they always went some distance
-from the field, where they were safe from the
-observation from below of the officers in charge.</p>
-
-<p>“I am going to show you a new one to-day,” Stanley
-said one afternoon, as they were taking their places
-for the flight. “Be doubly sure the belt is fastened;
-you will need it for once.”</p>
-
-<p>“I can stand anything you can,” Ted replied. “Go
-as far as you like.”</p>
-
-<p>Soon they were leaving the field behind, mounting
-as they soared into the distance. The aneroid needle
-pointed to two thousand, then three, four, five, and
-finally six thousand feet. Ted had never been so
-high before in the plane, and the earth below seemed
-new and strange. The patches of woods looked like<span class="pagenum" id="Page_19">[19]</span>
-clusters of dark, green dots, and the fields reminded
-him of the squares of a checker-board. Banks of
-white, fluffy clouds rolled past, their upper edges
-tinted with glowing silver by the brilliant sunlight.</p>
-
-<p>Stanley shut down the engine. “Is everything all
-right?” he called back.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes!”</p>
-
-<p>“I am going into a whip-stall. Be sure your belt is
-tight.”</p>
-
-<p>He opened wide the throttle and nosed the plane
-down so that they attained a terrific speed; then he
-suddenly pulled it almost straight upward and shut off
-the engine. For a moment the ship seemed to stand
-still in the air in an upright position; then it whipped
-downward with tremendous force, sliding on the tail.
-Ted felt himself raised off his seat, but, thank heaven,
-the belt held, or he would have remained in mid-air
-while the plane hurtled away from beneath him.
-After falling some little distance Stanley again turned
-on the power and they swung out of the dive and levelled
-off gracefully.</p>
-
-<p>But at that instant a burst of smoke was swept
-back by the blast of the propeller. The engine slackened
-its speed and a series of sharp, pistol-like reports
-came from the exhausts.</p>
-
-<p>Ted was seized with consternation, for a thin<span class="pagenum" id="Page_20">[20]</span>
-streamer of flame shot back from under the hood; the
-plane was afire.</p>
-
-<p>Stanley saw the danger at the same moment and
-dove in an attempt to put out the fire, but this manœuvre,
-frequently successful in such an emergency,
-proved to be the worst possible thing in this case.
-With a roar the flame struck him full in the face; he
-tried to pull the ship out of the dive, but the fiery
-blast stifled him; the ground below, the sky above, and
-even the wings on either side of him seemed wrapped
-in a haze, and in an instant he was enveloped in complete
-darkness.</p>
-
-<p>Ted saw the wilting figure in front of him droop out
-of sight; at the same time the plane began to quiver
-and lurch from side to side. Without a guiding hand
-to direct it the heretofore graceful craft became converted
-into a mass of steel and wood and cloth hurtling
-through space to certain destruction. He realized the
-frightfulness of the situation in a flash; Stanley had
-either fainted or was dead.</p>
-
-<p>“I must get him down; I must save him,” he gasped,
-frantically grasping the controls in his own cockpit.
-He thought little of his own danger; it was his companion
-who filled his mind. He must get him to the
-ground and save him if it was not already too late.</p>
-
-<p>The blaze was sweeping back directly over the top<span class="pagenum" id="Page_21">[21]</span>
-of the twenty-gallon container resting between the
-engine and the front cockpit. “I must fan the flames
-to one side,” Ted thought. “If the gas catches, it
-will be the end.”</p>
-
-<p>Responding to a savage turn of the wheel, the ship
-turned on edge and the streamer of fire darted out to
-one side. If only he could keep it there! Perhaps
-the rudder would help; he gave it a sharp kick, then
-felt that he had made a mistake, for he had pushed it
-in the direction opposite to the wheel. But the ship,
-tilted at a steep angle, started into a side-slip toward
-the ground, and that was exactly what he wanted.
-He must keep on slipping from side to side, like a
-falling leaf.</p>
-
-<p>The wind shrieked through the rigging with a terrifying
-scream and threatened to tear away the side of
-Ted’s face. He straightened out the plane, reversed
-his controls, and then began falling in the opposite
-direction. Back and forth they darted; the ground
-was rushing up to meet them at a furious speed. It
-was fascinating, this sight of the ground rushing upward,
-and as he looked at it he suddenly realized that
-they were almost directly above an open field—the
-landing-field, it must have been, for there were the
-white hangars in which the ships were kept; and the
-machines that had been out in the open were scurrying<span class="pagenum" id="Page_22">[22]</span>
-in all directions. Vaguely he wondered how long it
-would be before they should crash in their midst.</p>
-
-<p>After what seemed like ages, but which was in reality
-a matter of seconds, the ground loomed up close to
-them. The moment for the supreme test had come.
-Throwing the controls into neutral he brought the
-ship into an even glide. The hot blast struck his face
-and the fumes of burning oil made him cough and
-choke. But not for an instant did he relax to lower
-his head for a breath of air; he must see the thing
-through if it was the last thing he ever did.</p>
-
-<p>Her speed gone, the ship settled rapidly; it was but
-ten feet from the ground. Ted pulled back the wheel
-cautiously to keep her nose up, as he had been told so
-often by Stanley, and the plane responded ever so
-feebly. The ship struck with a jolt, bounded, settled
-again, rolled forward a short distance, and came to a
-stop.</p>
-
-<p>Ted snatched at the buckle of his belt, tore off his
-goggles, and jumped to the ground. His head was
-reeling and his throat was parched. The flames now
-extended in back of the hood and were reaching for
-the fuel-tank. It was only a question of seconds before
-the explosion that would deluge them with a shower of
-burning gasolene.</p>
-
-<p>There was not time to try to rescue Stanley by pulling<span class="pagenum" id="Page_23">[23]</span>
-him over the rim of the cockpit, and, besides, Ted
-had not the strength left for such an undertaking.
-So he clambered up on one wing and kicked in the
-linen side of the fuselage, after which he dragged the
-unconscious form of his companion through the hole.
-Then he tottered away with the limp body in his
-arms, how far he never knew.</p>
-
-<p>A chorus of excited voices reached his ears in a confused
-murmur and helping hands relieved him of his
-burden. His head burned and a thousand needles
-seemed to stab through his chest. He clutched the
-air wildly and, gasping for breath, plunged headlong
-into darkness.</p>
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_24">[24]</span>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER III<br>
-
-<small>THE RETURN TO THE LAND OF THE INCAS</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">The</span> exploits of Stanley and Ted in the great World
-War form no part of this story. It is enough to say
-that they saw extensive service on the Western Front
-and that they acquitted themselves in an entirely creditable
-manner.</p>
-
-<p>The armistice was signed at last and the two, in
-common with thousands of others, were returned to
-their own country. They had attained the rank of
-first lieutenant. Now, their services being no longer
-urgently required, they tendered their resignations and
-received honorable discharges.</p>
-
-<p>“I am beginning to feel as if I have had enough of
-a rest,” Ted said one night a few weeks afterward
-when Stanley dropped in at his home for one of his
-visits. They saw one another almost daily. “What
-do you say to making another attempt to get the
-treasure?”</p>
-
-<p>“You know what I think about it,” Stanley replied.
-“If the folks had not been urging me to remain with<span class="pagenum" id="Page_25">[25]</span>
-them a while longer, I should have suggested starting
-before now. They cannot forget what we went
-through on our first visit to the Hidden Valley; but
-they know we are determined to return to it. They
-are not discouraging me at all; only trying to put it
-off as long as possible.”</p>
-
-<p>“We are losing a lot of time. The sooner we go
-back to Peru and have it over with the better. Think
-of the tons of gold lying in the cave waiting for us to
-carry them away.”</p>
-
-<p>“I know. How do your people feel about it? I
-suppose they are not eager to have you go?”</p>
-
-<p>“The situation is the same with me as with you.
-But I think we should start without further delay.
-There are so many things to be done when we get back,
-and time flies.” Then, after a moment’s thought: “I
-have been looking up the sailing dates. There is a
-good steamer for Panama next Tuesday—that is, a
-week from to-day. It will get us to the isthmus just
-in time to connect with the <i>Panela</i> of the Peruvian
-Line for Mollendo. Can you be ready then, or is
-that too soon?”</p>
-
-<p>“I could be ready to-morrow. Waiting a whole
-week, now that we have actually decided to go, will
-seem like a year!”</p>
-
-<p>“And,” said Ted as Stanley was leaving, “we had<span class="pagenum" id="Page_26">[26]</span>
-better not take anything with us from here. We can
-get all the supplies and outfit we need in Cuzco.”</p>
-
-<hr class="tb">
-
-<p>Arrived in Colon, they found the <i>Panela</i> scheduled
-to sail that same afternoon. There was barely sufficient
-time to transfer their baggage, comply with the
-customs formalities, and secure passage on the departing
-steamer.</p>
-
-<p>Before long they had entered the muddy water of
-the canal, and soon after that the ship entered the
-locks and in an almost incredibly short time was
-raised to the level of Gatun Lake, with its vast expanse
-of murky water and its fringe of tree skeletons
-that stood like black monuments to mark the graveyard
-of the inundated forest. Darkness prevented
-the completion of the trip through the canal, so the
-ship was tied up for the night.</p>
-
-<p>There was no moonlight, but the thousands of scintillating
-stars shed a soft radiance upon the torpid
-earth. The water was black and smooth as glass,
-save for the myriad points of reflected starlight. But
-in spite of the unruffled appearance of the surface the
-black depths were charged with life. One had only
-to drop some object overboard in order to excite to
-action the millions of jelly-fish that lurked below.
-When the water was agitated by the missile, no matter<span class="pagenum" id="Page_27">[27]</span>
-how lightly, it blazed with patches and circles of
-greenish phosphorescence, so that the surface seemed
-aflame with a weird, unearthly fire. And occasionally
-there was a streak of the same uncanny light as one
-of the larger inhabitants of the deep cut the surface in
-a burst of speed in pursuit of some of the lesser fry.</p>
-
-<p>With the coming of daylight the <i>Panela</i> was lowered
-through the locks at the far end of the canal and
-headed for the open ocean.</p>
-
-<p>“No wonder this is called the Pacific,” said Ted as
-they stood on deck looking over the broad expanse of
-dark-blue water. The surface was so smooth that it
-might have been a sheet of glass; into this the prow
-of the ship cut a furrow crested with hissing white
-foam. Overhead the man-o’-war birds described great
-circles on motionless wings; they were marvels of
-grace and endurance, spanning the limitless blue day
-after day without stopping to rest. In the distance
-a number of whales rolled lazily in the briny water
-and blew thin jets of spray high into the air.</p>
-
-<p>“If I were not so eager to finish our job down there
-I should say that this is the only life. I could keep
-sailing on forever. I certainly intend to do my share
-of travelling if this venture proves successful,” Stanley
-said.</p>
-
-<p>“<i>If?</i>” Ted queried in surprise. “You mean <i>when</i><span class="pagenum" id="Page_28">[28]</span>
-the job is finished. There is no question in my mind
-but that we shall get the gold this time. We know
-exactly how to overcome the one little barrier that
-lies between us and the hidden millions.”</p>
-
-<p>“You are right. When are we due to reach Mollendo?”</p>
-
-<p>“Six days from now. Then three more days in
-which to get to Cuzco. Two or three days in which
-to gather our outfit together, and then for the trail.
-In a month from now, at the most, we shall be ferrying
-out the gold that has been concealed for so many centuries.
-The underground river will hum as we dash
-back and forth through it.”</p>
-
-<p>“After that we shall be up against the hardest work
-of all; that is to get the gold out of the country and
-back home safely. But let’s not cross any bridges
-before we get to them. The future must take care of
-itself,” said Stanley.</p>
-
-<p>“While we are so near to it, I wish we could take a
-peep into the Hidden Valley. Perhaps Huayna Capac,
-the Inca, is dead, and Quizquiz is king now. I am
-sorry for everybody in the valley if he is their ruler.
-The old king at least tried to be kind and generous,
-the best he knew how, but Quizquiz will be a tyrant
-in every sense of the word. He is conceited, arrogant,
-and cruel. I should hate to fall into his hands.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_29">[29]</span>“And I, too,” said Stanley. “But there is no
-chance. He would not dare enter Uti, where the
-gold is hidden, and we shall certainly not trespass in
-his kingdom beyond the great wall. So we can simply
-guess at what is taking place in the Hidden Valley,
-and I am content to let it go at that.”</p>
-
-<p>Stanley spoke with conviction, but he had no way
-of knowing what the future had in store for him.
-Just as the past years had brought the momentous
-events due to the World War, so there had been
-events of importance in the Hidden Valley, also. If
-Ted and Stanley could in some manner have obtained
-an inkling of what had happened behind those silent
-and unscalable mountains that surrounded the retreat
-of the last of the Incas, they doubtless should have refrained
-from making another attempt to secure the
-fabulous wealth that this same barrier also protected.
-Firmly resolved though they were not to enter the
-Hidden Valley proper again, it was not impossible that
-circumstances beyond their control might take them
-into the very region they were so eager to shun. And
-then—the terrible reckoning, with the pitiless, triumphant,
-and all-powerful Quizquiz as their captor and
-judge.</p>
-
-<p>They landed in Mollendo just in time to take the
-early afternoon train into the mountains, and night<span class="pagenum" id="Page_30">[30]</span>
-found them in the upland city of Arequipa. It required
-the greater part of another day to cover the
-distance to Puno, and on the morning after that the
-journey to Cuzco began.</p>
-
-<p>As the train crept wearily over the high plateau
-and entered the outskirts of the city, Ted, who was
-gazing interestedly through the little window of their
-compartment, gave a cry of surprise.</p>
-
-<p>“Things have certainly been happening here since
-we last saw this place,” he said. “Look!”</p>
-
-<p>Stanley, too, peered through the window. A number
-of long, wide, wooden buildings had been erected
-along one side of a level field. There were also narrower
-and higher structures and a small cluster of
-tents. Men in uniform were drilling near the group
-of buildings; and a detachment of other soldiers was
-signalling with large white panels that were spread
-out on the ground.</p>
-
-<p>“Ted,” he said suddenly, “that aviation-field has
-been put there for a purpose. It may mean that the
-war fever has spread even to these remote countries;
-or it may be only the beginning of a preparedness
-campaign. I can’t say why, but I feel in my bones
-that we are going to get mixed up in whatever it is
-before very long.”</p>
-
-<p>“I hope not. We can’t afford to let anything sidetrack<span class="pagenum" id="Page_31">[31]</span>
-us from getting that gold. If we keep putting
-it off something may happen to prevent our getting
-it altogether.”</p>
-
-<p>“But that is just what I am thinking,” Stanley protested.
-“Everything we do must be a step toward
-the big goal.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t see the connection.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, then, let me tell you. It takes many days
-of walking over the most difficult trail to reach the
-underground river. And heaven only knows how hard
-it will be to carry the gold back up the mountainside.
-Now, in an airplane the distance cannot be
-very great, and instead of work it would be fun. Now
-do you see what I mean?”</p>
-
-<p>“Stanley!” Ted’s face beamed. “Do you think
-we could arrange it?”</p>
-
-<p>“There is nothing impossible if you do not want it
-to be. We are going to get into the treasure-ground
-by the air-route this time, even if we have to steal one
-of those planes to do it.”</p>
-
-<p>Just then the train rolled into the station and Ted
-and Stanley gathered up their baggage and followed
-the crowd along the platform and out into the street.</p>
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_32">[32]</span>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER IV<br>
-
-<small>THE RIVALRY OF THE AIRMEN</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p>“<span class="smcap">Sir</span>, the colonel presents his compliments and
-commands you to report to him at once.”</p>
-
-<p>Ted and Stanley had just finished breakfast and
-were crossing the open little courtyard between the
-dining-room of the inn and their own quarters when
-the orderly stepped briskly in their path, saluted, and
-delivered his message.</p>
-
-<p>“What?” Ted asked, stopping in his tracks.</p>
-
-<p>“Colonel who?” from Stanley, “and what does he
-want with us?”</p>
-
-<p>“Colonel José Antonio de Estrella, commanding
-officer of the First Aero Squadron.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why this great honor? We do not know the
-colonel and cannot imagine why he wishes to see us.
-But of course if he insists, we shall be happy to pay
-him a visit. Only he should invite, not command, us;
-we have put up with enough ‘commanding and ordering’
-in our own army to last us a long, long time.”</p>
-
-<p>“Are not the <i>señores</i> the flyers who have been expected
-the past month? The colonel has been very
-impatient of the delay.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_33">[33]</span>“No, we know nothing of the gentlemen you mention,
-but perhaps we can be of service, anyway. Take
-us to the colonel. I guess we can see him right
-away.”</p>
-
-<p>The youth saluted and started away at a fast walk,
-the two Americans following.</p>
-
-<p>“I told you we were going to get mixed up in that
-aviation proposition,” Stanley said. “I knew it the
-minute I saw that field.”</p>
-
-<p>“Who knows what it may lead to? but I cannot see
-much to it just yet. We are being mistaken for some
-one else, and that is about all that is clear so far. So
-soon as the colonel sees us he will recognize his
-mistake, apologize profusely, and tell us to go our
-way.”</p>
-
-<p>“Now that is exactly what we must avoid. We
-have an opening to do the very thing that will help us
-and we must manage to take advantage of it. Instead
-of our going to them to beg for a job, they have
-sent for us in error, it is true, but what is to prevent
-us from profiting by it?”</p>
-
-<p>“You are right, and I only hope we can see the
-thing through. How much hard work it would save
-us if we could fly to the Hidden Valley, to say nothing
-of the time we should save!”</p>
-
-<p>They reached the camp in a little over half an hour<span class="pagenum" id="Page_34">[34]</span>
-and were immediately taken to headquarters, where
-the adjutant, a second lieutenant in a brilliant uniform,
-lost no time in ushering them into the colonel’s
-office.</p>
-
-<p>The latter officer was of rather short build but of
-distinguished appearance. His hair and long mustaches
-were snowy white; his eyes were black. A
-number of medals and military decorations were
-pinned to his coat in a neat row, but one of the first
-things the Americans observed was that the wings of
-a flying officer were lacking.</p>
-
-<p>“It is I who have made a big mistake,” he said as
-the two entered. “For the last four weeks I have
-been expecting two officers from Europe, but they do
-not come. Last night, when I heard that two strangers
-had arrived in the city, I concluded it must be
-they. I now see and acknowledge my mistake and I
-apologize for troubling the gentlemen.”</p>
-
-<p>“The colonel owes us no apology,” said Stanley in
-a respectful manner. “Quite the contrary. It is a
-great pleasure for us to visit him. If we can be of
-service it will please us to help in any way we can.
-Both my companion and I have had considerable experience
-with airplanes.”</p>
-
-<p>“You mean to say you are aviators?” the colonel
-asked, rising from his chair. “When and where did<span class="pagenum" id="Page_35">[35]</span>
-you learn to fly and what has been your experience?
-Sit down and tell me all about it.”</p>
-
-<p>Ted and Stanley did as they were asked, and for
-an hour they related to the officer their various experiences
-so far as aeronautics were concerned. He listened
-intently to all they had to say and asked many
-questions.</p>
-
-<p>“It is indeed fortunate for me that you came,” he
-said when they had finished, “for I need your help
-and can offer you good positions. The manœuvres
-take place in two months and we must have ships in
-the air by that time. Now, when can you begin
-work? Remember, there is need of great haste.”</p>
-
-<p>“Will you tell us exactly what is expected of us?”
-Ted asked. “And then we shall want to talk the matter
-over between ourselves. And what is the remuneration?”</p>
-
-<p>“Your work will be to assemble the machines and
-to test them thoroughly before turning them over to
-the instructors. That will not be an easy undertaking
-and, as you know, it is not without danger, for I
-shall insist that the test flights be very conclusive;
-they will include trips across country of several hours’
-duration. I want the planes to be as safe as possible
-before we begin taking up students. You will be subject
-to my orders only as civilian employees. And<span class="pagenum" id="Page_36">[36]</span>
-the pay is five hundred <i>soles</i> a month, which is about
-two hundred and fifty dollars in the money of your
-country.”</p>
-
-<p>They thanked the colonel for his offer and returned
-to the inn.</p>
-
-<p>“What do you think of that for luck?” Ted fairly
-shouted. “Things are coming our way so fast it is
-hard to keep track of them.”</p>
-
-<p>“We could not wish for a better arrangement,”
-Stanley agreed. “It is almost too good to be true.
-Every time we make one of those long test flights the
-colonel insists upon, we can drop into Uti and bring
-out a load of gold, as much as the ship will carry, and
-that is considerable. When we have enough we can
-resign and go home. We have not been asked to
-enlist for any given period of time, so we can quit
-when we want to, provided, of course, we give them
-reasonable notice, so they can get some one else to
-take our places.”</p>
-
-<p>That afternoon they sent word to the colonel that
-they should be ready to start work on the following
-morning, and shortly after daybreak a cart arrived
-to take their effects to camp, as they were henceforth
-to occupy quarters on the military reservation.</p>
-
-<p>The two reported to the officer soon after, and were
-at once sent to the hangars, where a number of crates<span class="pagenum" id="Page_37">[37]</span>
-and boxes were stored. These containers held wings,
-bodies, and motors, just as they had been packed for
-shipment by the manufacturers in the United States.
-A detachment of some twenty odd mechanics were
-placed at their disposal. These men had been well
-trained in the theory of aeronautics, and while they
-lacked practical experience, showed unbounded enthusiasm
-for the work, combined with intelligence and
-adaptability. Before long the tasks in hand began in
-earnest.</p>
-
-<p>Ted and Stanley went about the matter in a systematic,
-businesslike way. They called the men together
-and then divided them into sections, or crews,
-and explained in detail what the duties of each would
-be. A leader or chief was appointed for each crew.
-The Americans were to give orders to the chiefs, and
-the latter would be held responsible that these orders
-were carried out promptly by the men in their
-charge.</p>
-
-<p>First they examined the bills of lading and invoices.
-Then they selected certain of the boxes, checked them
-off the lists, and had them removed to the largest
-hangar, which stood not far away. This required all
-of the first day.</p>
-
-<p>The second day they opened the packages and removed
-the various parts, subjecting them to inspection,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_38">[38]</span>
-checking them against the lists, and noting
-minor breaks that had to be repaired. They also
-visited the supply-tent, looked over the tools and
-materials available, and made out requisitions for
-such things as would be needed but which were
-lacking.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s beginning to look like business now,” Stanley
-commented that night. “The first thing is always to
-work out a system; after that everything is easy.”</p>
-
-<p>“Two days is a short time, but it is surprising how
-many things one can do. Of course we had a good
-foundation to build on, for the colonel had made a
-good beginning. Too bad there is not a flying officer
-in charge of the field; he could understand the whole
-proposition more clearly and make allowances for the
-difficulties we are up against,” Ted returned.</p>
-
-<p>“So far the colonel has been a prince. He has given
-us a free hand, and so long as he continues in that
-spirit we shall get along all right. If he were a flyer
-he would want to boss everything and show us how
-to do things, probably in a way different from the
-one we are accustomed to.”</p>
-
-<p>“Right. I never thought of that.”</p>
-
-<p>It was exactly four weeks later that the first of the
-planes had been assembled ready to roll out of the
-hangar for the final adjustments and tuning up. The<span class="pagenum" id="Page_39">[39]</span>
-ships were of the two-seater type, similar to the
-JN4H’s so commonly used on American flying-fields,
-and of sturdy, dependable construction. They had
-two-hundred-horse-power eight-cylinder engines, and
-were rated as capable of making an air-speed of ninety
-miles an hour. There were radio sets and machine-guns,
-the latter mounted one above the engine and the
-other on a turret in the rear cockpit.</p>
-
-<p>Ted and Stanley surveyed their work with pride.
-The motor roared with an even, steady purr, or snorted
-and banged as the mechanician opened and closed the
-throttle, while the graceful machine tugged impatiently
-in its efforts to free itself from the grasp of the men
-clinging to the wings, and to leap the blocks that had
-been placed under the wheels.</p>
-
-<p>“When shall we take the first spin?” Ted asked as
-he inspected the turnbuckles and hit the wire braces
-with his hand to gauge their tautness.</p>
-
-<p>“To-morrow, if nothing goes wrong. Think of
-what a wonderful experience it will be to soar over the
-peaks of the Andes; and the first chance we get we
-will hop off to the Valley. All our dreaming and planning
-is about to bear fruit.”</p>
-
-<p>Just then the colonel accompanied by two officers in
-strange uniforms approached.</p>
-
-<p>The colonel introduced the new arrivals to the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_40">[40]</span>
-Americans. “At last they are here,” he added.
-“They will have entire charge of the cadets. You
-gentlemen will work together in perfect harmony, I
-hope, in the best interests of the service.”</p>
-
-<p>Ted and Stanley showed genuine pleasure at making
-the acquaintance of the two lieutenants, but the
-latter seemed cool and reserved, and after a casual
-examination of the throbbing ship followed the colonel
-into one of the hangars.</p>
-
-<p>A moment later Ted went to the rear of the structure
-to get a wrench from the tool-box, and while pawing
-through the miscellaneous collection the chest contained,
-the sound of voices from within reached his
-ears.</p>
-
-<p>“I have investigated them thoroughly,” the colonel
-was saying, “and I have learned that they have been
-in Cuzco at least twice before this. Each time they
-disappeared on some secret mission into the mountains,
-and it is said that they are searching for a lost
-mine or hidden treasure. But that is nothing against
-them; we should do the same if we had a reason to
-hope for success in such a venture. I have also examined
-their pilot’s books, for which they cabled voluntarily,
-and they showed an unusually large number of
-hours in the air and a record above reproach. Their
-work here has been done well. And, besides, they<span class="pagenum" id="Page_41">[41]</span>
-came to my assistance when I needed them. I sent
-for them; they did not beg me for the places.”</p>
-
-<p>“If the colonel will pardon my saying so, the lieutenant
-and I can now assume full charge of the work.
-We do not need the Americans. We ourselves should
-supervise the rigging of the ships we are to fly.”</p>
-
-<p>“It is a part of their agreement that they must test
-the machines first, so they, not you, will take all the
-risks. There are enough duties to keep all of you
-occupied. Never forget that I am commanding officer
-and I shall not tolerate interference with my
-plans.”</p>
-
-<p>With these words the colonel strode angrily away.
-For a minute neither of the two foreigners spoke.</p>
-
-<p>“Those Americans are in everything,” one said
-finally. “What chance do we stand while they are
-here? They do not know the meaning of the word
-fear; I have often watched them on the battle-front
-and I know. If these two give such exhibitions here
-as their countrymen did over there, they and not we
-will attract all the attention. We must manage to
-keep them out of the air.”</p>
-
-<p>“That is easy,” the other replied. “If we cannot
-keep them from going up, we can see to it that they
-come back down in an unexpected way. A loose pin,
-a defective strut, or any one of a dozen other things,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_42">[42]</span>
-and they will not stand in our way again. And no one
-will ever suspect!”</p>
-
-<p>Ted did not wait to hear more. With a face white
-with anger he hastened to where Stanley was clamping
-the Lewis gun to the iron bars of the turret.</p>
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_43">[43]</span>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER V<br>
-
-<small>IN QUEST OF THE HIDDEN TREASURE</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Ted’s</span> first impulse was to tell Stanley immediately
-of the conversation he had heard in the hangar. But
-the roar of the motor made this impossible. Then it
-occurred to him that the two officers might be watching
-them, so he decided to withhold the information
-until they were safely in their own quarters.</p>
-
-<p>Stanley’s face was a puzzle as he listened to the
-story. He did not interrupt until the recital was
-completed.</p>
-
-<p>“I am surprised that they should resent our presence
-here,” he said finally. “There is room enough
-for all of us, but these fellows must have come bent
-on being the whole show and are determined to have
-their way. Still, it is almost impossible to believe
-they were altogether in earnest. Perhaps they knew
-you were listening and tried to frighten us.”</p>
-
-<p>“That is what they said, no matter what their real
-intention. I think the thing ought to be reported to
-the colonel.”</p>
-
-<p>“Perhaps we should report it, but that would only
-make matters worse. Why not wait until we have<span class="pagenum" id="Page_44">[44]</span>
-some proof of their intentions? Then we shall have
-a fair case against them. In the meantime I guess we
-can take care of ourselves.”</p>
-
-<p>“We must take every precaution. There is too
-much at stake for us to make a break one way or the
-other.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, we will be very careful. And we will let it go
-at that. I think we shall be able to tell without
-trouble if there has been any tampering with the ships.
-A strict watch must be kept, for one thing, and we
-shall make a most thorough inspection of our machine
-before each flight,” said Stanley. “Above all, we
-must work fast; that is, get into and out of our destination
-as soon as possible, and then we shall be at
-liberty to leave the country. If we speed up we may
-be able to forestall our rivals.”</p>
-
-<p>“How about a test flight to-morrow? And then an
-attempt to reach the hidden place a few days later?”</p>
-
-<p>“The very thing. Have a first trial flight to-morrow
-and then spend a few days making adjustments
-while we also make our other preparations. After
-that the dash for the mountains. But we may have
-to alter our plans greatly. With the opposition and
-competition we have now it will not be possible to
-make an unlimited number of flights. We might succeed
-in going once or twice without trouble, but if we<span class="pagenum" id="Page_45">[45]</span>
-went too often and remained away for long periods of
-time they would become suspicious and either stop us
-or try to follow to see what we were doing.”</p>
-
-<p>“I have a scheme we could try. Why not take a
-load of equipment on the first trip and cache it in one
-of the caves; then open up the underground river and
-take out as much gold as we want that way. If we
-have to discontinue flying before we bring out very
-much in the plane we can go back by the overland
-route and pick up what we have hidden in the forest.
-That will save a lot of time and trouble.”</p>
-
-<p>“We could not improve on that if we tried,” Stanley
-agreed enthusiastically. “While I do the final tinkering
-on the machine you can be gathering the things
-together. Bring them to our hangar, load them at
-night, and we can hop away early the next morning.”</p>
-
-<p>Somehow the news had spread that there was to be
-a trial flight on the following day, and a huge crowd,
-composed mostly of Indians, gathered on the outskirts
-of the field at daybreak. It was not until shortly after
-noon, however, that everything was in readiness for
-the initial attempt. The two donned their leather
-coats, helmets, and goggles, and climbed into the
-cockpits. At a signal from Stanley the crew removed
-the wooden blocks from under the wheels and swung
-the ship around into the wind. Stanley gradually<span class="pagenum" id="Page_46">[46]</span>
-opened the throttle, and as the roar of the engine increased
-in volume the machine gathered speed and
-raced over the even ground. In a moment it had left
-the earth and was soaring upward at an appreciable
-angle. The crowd of onlookers waved their hats and
-burst into a wild cheer, and Ted, who was standing in
-the rear pit, leaned over the rim and waved his hand
-toward the ground as they sped into the distance.</p>
-
-<p>Stanley carefully watched the braces, struts, and
-wings, but as there was no unusual vibration, he tried
-a number of turns, banking gently, dived and zoomed,
-and in other ways tested the craft. Its stability and
-balance were to his entire satisfaction. Then they
-ascended to a height of five thousand feet and performed
-a series of stunts that even the birds would
-not dare attempt. They side-slipped, dived, and
-spiralled, did wing-overs, and ended in a series of
-loops. After that they descended to the field in a
-long tail-spin, levelling off just in time to land easily
-and gracefully in front of their hangar.</p>
-
-<p>The colonel was most enthusiastic and congratulated
-them heartily, but the two lieutenants kept in
-the background and offered no comments.</p>
-
-<p>“There are only a few wires to tighten a little,”
-Stanley informed the commanding officer. “They are
-always liable to slacken somewhat during the first<span class="pagenum" id="Page_47">[47]</span>
-flights. The fuselage is lined up perfectly. If the
-colonel so desires, we shall be glad to make a long
-cross-country flight next Sunday. That could serve
-as a final test, after which the ship would be ready to
-go into commission for the regular work of training
-cadets.”</p>
-
-<p>“Splendid!” the colonel replied. “Go anywhere
-you like. Give the machine a most thorough trial.
-The instructors and pupils are waiting impatiently
-for their turn.”</p>
-
-<p>Two days later, as they were going over the ship
-for a final inspection, Stanley suddenly noticed that
-the keys had been removed from the pins that fastened
-the right upper wing to the body. With a slight
-motion of his hand he indicated the fact to Ted.</p>
-
-<p>“Now we shall find out who is responsible for that,”
-he said to Ted between his teeth.</p>
-
-<p>They had the ship rolled out on the line and started
-the engines. The colonel and the two lieutenants
-were on the field as usual, watching the operations.</p>
-
-<p>“Perhaps the lieutenants would like a flight to-day?”
-Stanley suggested pleasantly, approaching the
-trio. “With the colonel’s consent, and so far as we
-are concerned, the ship is at your disposal.”</p>
-
-<p>The two began to look uncomfortable, and one of
-them stammered an excuse about not being prepared<span class="pagenum" id="Page_48">[48]</span>
-with the proper clothing. The colonel promptly suggested
-that they might use the outfits of the Americans
-if they desired, but upon this the other one
-pleaded illness.</p>
-
-<p>“Well,” Stanley said, looking straight at the two,
-“we thought we might go up for a few minutes, but I
-guess we had better not. If it is not safe for you, it
-is not safe for us.”</p>
-
-<p>The colonel understood that there was some difficulty,
-but said nothing until the two instructors had
-gone. Then he questioned the Americans as to the
-meaning of the affair. They showed him the pins
-with the missing keys.</p>
-
-<p>“But you have no evidence against any one!” he
-said slowly. “This is most serious, but I cannot
-accuse any one of such an act without proof.”</p>
-
-<p>“No, but in the future the hangars must be guarded
-day and night. No one must be permitted to enter
-without a written pass from you.”</p>
-
-<p>“That is a good idea. It shall be done. I shall immediately
-issue an order to that effect.”</p>
-
-<p>The damage was soon repaired and the ship rolled
-back into the hangar.</p>
-
-<p>Ted spent the greater part of the next morning making
-purchases in the city, and the packages were delivered
-to the field early in the afternoon. They had<span class="pagenum" id="Page_49">[49]</span>
-been compelled to buy numerous things connected
-with their work during the previous weeks, so the arrival
-of the boxes caused no comment. Ted stored
-them in a corner of the hangar and covered them
-with a tarpauling.</p>
-
-<p>That night they carefully studied their map, on
-which the location of the Hidden Valley had been
-marked as accurately as possible, as they had done so
-many times before. And at daybreak on the following
-morning Ted loaded the packages into the ship,
-while Stanley went for a conference with the colonel.
-When the latter, too, arrived on the field, the plane
-was on the line with the engine roaring.</p>
-
-<p>Although the guards assured them that none had
-approached the hangar during the night, the two
-spent considerable time in a minute inspection of the
-machine. And when the sun was an hour high in the
-heavens they left the ground, circled the field until
-they had reached an altitude of several thousand feet,
-then headed straight to the north.</p>
-
-<p>If their calculations were right, they should reach
-the valley in an hour, unless they encountered a strong
-head-wind. Allowing another hour for the return,
-there would be a leeway of a third hour, for the fuel-supply,
-counting that contained in the emergency-tank
-overhead, was ample for three hours.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_50">[50]</span>From directly above, the mountain-peaks appeared
-flattened out exactly like the plateaux and valleys, but
-they could be distinguished from the latter by the
-patches of snow and fields of black rocks. A wind
-from the south added greatly to their speed, so that
-the landscape beneath them moved back at a rapid
-pace. To their right, and far, far below, lay the sea of
-dark-green Amazonian jungle.</p>
-
-<p>Here and there among the bleak mountain-peaks
-lay little green valleys with square, blocklike dots
-scattered about singly and in groups. To the casual
-observer they might have been mistaken for stones.
-But to the trained eye they were clearly Indian huts,
-distinguishable from the other objects by their regular
-outlines. And if Ted looked closely he could make
-out minute specks moving toward the houses; they
-were the Indians running to shelter, terrified, no
-doubt, by the roaring spectre in the sky.</p>
-
-<p>“Keep your eyes open wide,” Stanley shouted back
-to his companion after he had throttled down the
-motor so that its roar did not drown the sound of his
-voice. “Look for the yellow vapor and the ring of
-volcanoes. The wall, too. What was that?”</p>
-
-<p>A black form had passed them at great speed, its
-shadow blanketing one side of the craft.</p>
-
-<p>Ted looked back, knowing that it could not have
-been a cloud, for the sky was clear.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_51">[51]</span>“It’s a condor,” he called at the top of his voice,
-just as Stanley opened the throttle. Even as he
-spoke the great bird was wheeling gracefully and
-heading in their direction. Master of the desolate
-mountain tops and of the air above them, the huge
-bird was evidently investigating or challenging this
-newcomer into its realm.</p>
-
-<p>Ted pounded the linen side of the fuselage frantically
-with his gloved hand, and at the signal Stanley automatically
-pushed the control forward, ever so slightly,
-and the ship went into a steep dive. It was part of
-their old code, originated on the Western Front, and
-in the emergency both remembered it instantly.</p>
-
-<p>They were not a moment too soon. The great bird
-shot past above them with a rush of wings audible
-above the slow throbbing of the throttled-down motor.</p>
-
-<p>Just as Stanley brought the plane to a level keel,
-the bird wheeled, and again came toward them, from
-the front, but this time the pilot saw it in time. He
-must avoid collision with the audacious creature, for
-the impact of the heavy body against the struts of propeller
-would be enough to shatter them and send them
-crashing to the ground. His first impulse was to use
-the machine-gun in an attempt either to kill the
-bird or to cause it to swerve; but a second thought
-seemed better. He waited until the black form was<span class="pagenum" id="Page_52">[52]</span>
-a scant hundred yards away; then he pulled hard on
-the control, and instantly the bird seemed to drop
-into space below them. What had really happened
-was that the ship had bounded upward in a steep
-zoom, passing high above the attacker, and before
-the latter could turn, Stanley had resumed the level
-course and opened wide the throttle. The ship
-started forward at such great speed that the bird,
-swift of wing though it was, could not overtake them;
-and they soon lost it in the distance, a black speck
-growing constantly smaller in the unclouded sky.</p>
-
-<p>After that they flew at a lower altitude, so as not to
-arouse the ire of other condors that might be soaring
-at that dizzy height.</p>
-
-<p>Ted was carefully scanning the ground, on which
-everything now appeared with startling distinctness.
-Below was an Indian trail on which a caravan of
-llamas had been wending its leisurely way. The
-leader of the file stopped and evidently sounded an
-alarm of some kind, for in a moment the panic-stricken
-animals were dashing down the trail, leaving a cloud
-of dust in their wake and scattering their packs by
-the wayside. After leaping a stone wall they disappeared
-into the doorway of a hut. At the same time
-a number of Indians, wearing bright-colored blankets,
-darted out of the rear doorway, routed from their<span class="pagenum" id="Page_53">[53]</span>
-abode by the onrushing beasts, but no sooner had
-they gained the open than one of the group discerned
-the strange monster above them, and back they
-dashed into the hut.</p>
-
-<p>Ted was watching the spot long after to see if any
-of the occupants of the shelter would appear after
-they had passed, when the engine again slowed down.</p>
-
-<p>“That looks like the spot over there,” Stanley
-shouted, nodding toward the landscape in front of
-them.</p>
-
-<p>Ted looked in that direction and nodded assent.
-Far ahead, and to one side, lay a circle of yellow
-vapor; it seemed to hug the earth in a solid ring, while
-columns and whisps rose into the sky to a great height.
-That could mean but one thing. It was the impenetrable
-barrier of poisonous gases arising from the chain
-of volcanoes surrounding the Hidden Valley. A quarter
-of an hour later they had crossed the margin of
-the ring. There it was, directly beneath them—the
-long valley with its winding river, Uti with the dismal
-lagoon glistening in the sunlight, and the great wall
-that separated the two places showing like a narrow
-gray ribbon. To the left was another valley with
-high, steep walls of rock hemming it in on all sides,
-but there was no vapor clinging to the rim of that
-enclosure.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_54">[54]</span>Stanley shut down the power and they began a
-rapid and almost noiseless descent in a series of graceful
-spirals. When down to five hundred feet above
-the ground, he again opened the throttle and circled a
-few times, while both craned their heads over the sides
-of the cockpits, looking for a suitable place to land.
-In a moment they recognized the level strip of beach
-on the border of the lake, the very spot, in fact, where
-their canoe had been stranded several years before;
-another spiral, then a long glide, and they had landed
-on the hard sand.</p>
-
-<p>At last they were in the region of gold-filled caves, a
-mere stone’s throw from the place where the vast
-treasure of the Incas had lain untouched for so many
-centuries. The two scrambled out of their cramped
-quarters and jumped to the ground. Then, dashing
-their helmets and goggles aside, they started in a wild
-rush toward the cave.</p>
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_55">[55]</span>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER VI<br>
-
-<small>THE CROWNING MISFORTUNE</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Upon</span> reaching the entrance to the underground
-chamber they stopped. The vision of Timichi, the
-demented, self-styled king they had encountered on
-their previous visit, loomed up before them. What if
-he were still alive and had observed their approach?
-It was not probable, for even years ago he had been
-very old and in ill health; but it was just barely possible
-that he still lived. In that event he would be
-awaiting them in the darkened passageway with some
-heavy weapon with which to attack them. He had
-every advantage, and that he would submit to the
-seizure of the treasure without putting up a fight was
-out of the question.</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s call to him,” Ted suggested. “Perhaps he
-will recognize our voices or his name and come out—if
-he is in there.”</p>
-
-<p>They called “Timichi,” then “Loco,” which latter
-was the name he had liked and which applied to him
-so well. But there was no response. Then they advanced
-slowly, but no sinister figure dashed out of
-the blackness to dispute their way.</p>
-
-<p>A few steps and they had entered the treasure-chamber.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_56">[56]</span>
-The light from the openings in the ceiling
-shone full upon their faces. They broke into a
-run in their eagerness to reach the shining heaps
-of yellow metal. Then they slackened their pace,
-stopped, and stared hard—first straight ahead and
-then at one another. Was it true? Could it be possible?
-Or were they dreaming? For a moment they
-were speechless, but Stanley finally managed to force
-the fateful words through his lips.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s gone, it’s gone!” he cried hoarsely. “The
-gold is gone!”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, it’s gone!” Ted echoed. “There is not a
-speck of it left. All our trouble is for nothing.”</p>
-
-<p>Stanley burst into a laugh almost hysterical in its
-sudden shrillness.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, what a pair of chumps we are! Timichi
-must have taken it away. He was the only one this
-side of the wall. He got some foolish notion or other
-into his head and so carried away the treasure.”</p>
-
-<p>“Of course! And being old and feeble, he could
-not have taken it very far. He took it to one of the
-neighboring caves, where we shall find it in a few
-minutes. It did give me a scare, though, to find the
-place empty.”</p>
-
-<p>“Same here,” agreed Stanley. “For a minute I
-was thunderstruck. I could not even think straight.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_57">[57]</span>They hurried from the cavern and began a systematic
-exploration of the numerous openings that
-led to subterranean chambers in the mountainside.
-Some were so dark that they had to make constant
-use of their flash-lights in finding their way about.
-Others were illuminated by shafts of daylight that
-entered through crevices overhead. Most of the caves
-bore no evidence of ever having been occupied; others
-had evidently been used as lairs by curious wild beasts
-of a bygone age, and their bones, mingled with those
-of the creatures on which they had preyed, strewed the
-earthen floor.</p>
-
-<p>At last they came to the cave where Timichi had
-pointed out to them the rows of his silent subjects.
-They had avoided this place until the last, because
-they did not want to look upon the rows of dead.
-Now, as they had half expected, they found the remains
-of Timichi, dressed in his gorgeous finery, and
-sitting on a stone with his head resting against the
-wall, as if surveying his little kingdom of the departed.
-It was weird and pathetic and they did not stay
-long.</p>
-
-<p>As for the gold, it had not been found. It had disappeared
-as completely as if the rumbling craters had
-opened and engulfed it with their fiery mouths.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s the most mysterious thing I ever heard of.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_58">[58]</span>
-There were tons of it, and it does not seem possible
-that Timichi could have carried it away at all.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll bet he didn’t. Some one else has been here
-since we left. Let’s look around,” Ted replied.</p>
-
-<p>The underground river occurred to them first of all.
-It was by this means that they had made their escape
-during their previous visit to the dismal place, just as
-it seemed they were condemned to a living death in
-company with the demented Timichi.</p>
-
-<p>When, after a tedious journey along the murky
-margin of the lagoon, they finally reached the mouth
-of the subterranean stream, they found the entrance
-blocked by a mass of stones. Nor was the barrier the
-result of a landslide, as they had supposed when they
-tried to force their way through from the other side;
-the stones had been placed there by human hands.
-Some one had indeed anticipated their return and had
-tried to forestall them in every way.</p>
-
-<p>Then they returned to the cave in which the gold
-had been concealed and carefully looked around for
-traces or clews of the one who had removed the treasure,
-and after a lengthy search their efforts were
-rewarded. A faint trail led from the entrance toward
-the great wall. They followed the indistinct path,
-breathless with anticipation; it ran straight to the
-point where the wall joined the abrupt mountainside.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_59">[59]</span>
-And there, under the massive structure, a hole had
-been dug large enough for men to pass freely to and
-fro. The gold had been carried back into the Hidden
-Valley.</p>
-
-<p>“Quizquiz!” both shouted in one breath. “It was
-he. No one else would have thought of it or had the
-cunning to put through such an undertaking.”</p>
-
-<p>The hole had been partially blocked with a heap of
-earth and stones.</p>
-
-<p>“Not even this place, which had the reputation of
-being the home of the devils, could stop Quizquiz,”
-Stanley said. “I see through it now. After our
-escape in the canoe he planned to get us back. He
-had the hole dug and found that we were gone. Then
-they saw the underground river. Putting two and
-two together, he could easily figure out how we got
-away. He knew we should return, so he had the
-river blocked and carried away the gold.”</p>
-
-<p>“We are stumped, all right,” Ted admitted. “All
-my wonderful plans have gone soaring. We might as
-well go back and forget about the whole thing. But
-it is a bitter pill to swallow.”</p>
-
-<p>They made their way to the plane slowly and suffering
-all the agony of keenest disappointment; their
-hopes and ambitions were not to be realized. Their
-dreams of the future had vanished in thin air.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_60">[60]</span>“Let’s have a bite to eat,” Stanley suggested. “I
-feel faint and weak. Then we can fly back to the
-field, give up our jobs, and get back home—soon, I
-hope; the sooner the better.”</p>
-
-<p>“What about all the stuff we brought with us?”
-Ted asked. “We shall not need it.”</p>
-
-<p>“No! We might as well dump it. No use to carry
-back the extra weight. And, by the way, what is in
-those boxes? They are awfully heavy. I could tell
-we had a big load aboard because I could not get the
-ship to climb fast.”</p>
-
-<p>“That is the dynamite,” Ted said calmly.</p>
-
-<p>“What?” in consternation.</p>
-
-<p>“Dynamite. About a hundred pounds of it!”</p>
-
-<p>“Do you mean to tell me those boxes are full of
-dynamite?”</p>
-
-<p>“Certainly. We should have needed it to blow
-open the entrance to the underground river.”</p>
-
-<p>“Good heavens!” Stanley fairly shrieked. “Think
-of carting along a load of dynamite in a country like
-this. If we had had a forced landing we should have
-blown into bits.”</p>
-
-<p>“I thought of that. But a forced landing in a
-mountainous country would have meant our finish
-anyway. So what is the difference?”</p>
-
-<p>“I guess you are right, but if I had known it I<span class="pagenum" id="Page_61">[61]</span>
-should not have attempted to fly a single inch until
-we had taken it out. It is a good thing you did not
-tell me about it.”</p>
-
-<p>“What shall we do with it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Get rid of it as soon as we can.”</p>
-
-<p>“But if any one from the valley should come here
-he would find it,” said Ted. “I have an idea. Let’s
-mark the boxes for Quizquiz and leave a note saying
-that if he hits them with his golden sceptre he will
-see all his forefathers; then shove the boxes through
-the hole under the wall.”</p>
-
-<p>“It would serve him right, but they cannot read.
-Besides, we do not want to kill any one. We shall
-have to hide it or throw it into the lake.”</p>
-
-<p>“No, not throw it into the lake,” Ted said, with a
-peculiar shudder. “We are not out of here yet; we
-might need it!”</p>
-
-<p>“Are you predicting more trouble? Hasn’t enough
-happened to us already?”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t know. But something tells me not to
-throw it away. I feel queer; it might be my imagination,
-but it is true just the same.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right; do anything you like with it. But we
-will take it out of the ship this very minute; and the
-other things, too. We cannot be bothered with useless
-baggage.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_62">[62]</span>They unlashed and unloaded the boxes. Then they
-ate a light lunch.</p>
-
-<p>“We can hide everything in one of the smaller
-caves,” Ted decided. “No one will go prowling
-around in any of them. And if—I almost said when—we
-need the things we shall know where to find
-them.”</p>
-
-<p>When they had disposed of the packages they prepared
-to depart. It was mid-afternoon and they must
-lose no more time in returning to the field. The
-colonel, no doubt, was anxious about them already.</p>
-
-<p>In order to take off properly they were compelled
-to head toward the great wall because a current of
-air came from that direction. But the distance was
-sufficient to enable them to clear it by an ample margin.
-They also wanted to circle above the valley a
-few times for a farewell glimpse of the hiding-place of
-the last of the once powerful Incan nation, for soon
-they should leave it, never to return.</p>
-
-<p>With a steadily increasing roar of the engine the
-ship raced over the ground, and when it had gained
-enough headway Stanley pulled back the stick and
-the plane leaped into the air. In a moment they had
-cleared the wall by a hundred feet. Now they were
-skimming above the depression concealing the Inca’s
-stronghold.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_63">[63]</span>Ted leaned out over the rim of the gunpit in order
-to have a good view of the fleeting ground below them.
-There was the river down which Moses had steered
-their plunging canoe to safety on the night of their
-escape, spread across patches of velvet green; stone
-huts that looked like toy blocks were scattered over the
-barren places, some in rows, others in groups and villages.
-People, terrified by the monster thundering over
-their heads, were scurrying to cover behind stone walls
-and into doorways. Far, far in the distance was a
-great city; Ted recognized it as the Patallacta, or City
-on the Hill, where they had first met Huayna Capac,
-the old king. Nearer was another collection of buildings
-covering a large territory; that was the City of
-Gold, with its palaces, gardens, and the great temple
-of the sun. Ted remembered it, too, only too well, for
-it was there they had been tried and condemned because
-of Quizquiz’s treachery. But they had escaped,
-thanks to Moses! And here they were again, safe,
-high in the air, out of reach of their enemy.</p>
-
-<p>Without warning there came a few loud explosions
-from the exhausts, the engine hesitated, picked
-up again for a moment, slowed down, faltered, and
-stopped. Stanley realized immediately that the fuel
-in the main tank was exhausted, so he quickly shut
-off the feed-valve and turned on the supply from the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_64">[64]</span>
-second reservoir, after which he dived at a steep
-angle, so that the rush of air might spin the propeller
-and thus crank the engine. But the expected roar
-did not come. Apparently the gasolene did not flow,
-for while the propeller was turning, there was only the
-coughing sound of a dead engine. He looked at the
-indicator in alarm; the tank was full, there was no
-mistake about that.</p>
-
-<p>Almost before he knew it he was so near the ground
-that there was not time for further efforts to determine
-the cause of the trouble. He barely succeeded in
-straightening out the diving craft before it struck the
-earth with a thud. They cavorted along over a rock-strewn
-field beside the river, bounding and threatening
-to upset, and when the ship finally came to a stop the
-two were too dazed for speech. For, in their wild
-sprint over the uneven ground the propeller had struck
-a boulder and one of the blades was shattered.</p>
-
-<p>They were indeed in an unenviable predicament.
-Not for all of the gold of the Incas should they have
-entered the Hidden Valley voluntarily. Yet fate had
-decreed that they should find themselves there, and
-under the most distressing circumstances. The ship
-was as useless as if it had been broken into bits, and
-there was no other means of escape.</p>
-
-<p>They were as good as in the hands of Quizquiz, their<span class="pagenum" id="Page_65">[65]</span>
-enemy, who did not know the meaning of the words
-fair play or mercy. He would come to them soon
-with his hordes of followers, overwhelm them, and
-gloat over them as a beast of prey might do over its
-victim, exulting over their helplessness and over his
-own unlimited power. At last his day had arrived
-when he could repay them for the humiliation they
-had caused him during the athletic contests, where
-they had made such a superior showing against him
-and the other picked youths of the nation. And their
-escape—that rankled, too.</p>
-
-<p>As they thought of these things they grew pale and
-shuddered. There could be but one outcome of the
-misadventure, and they knew only too well what that
-end should be.</p>
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_66">[66]</span>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER VII<br>
-
-<small>IN THE TIGER’S LAIR</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">With</span> each passing minute the helplessness of their
-position was more firmly driven home upon Ted and
-Stanley. They expected momentarily to be attacked
-by the horde of Indians, many of whom they had seen
-from above. But not a human being came within
-range of their vision.</p>
-
-<p>“What fools we were,” Ted observed dejectedly,
-“not to let well enough alone. We <i>would</i> come back,
-and now——”</p>
-
-<p>“That is only human nature, I guess. Never satisfied
-and always eager to take a chance. Well, we
-are like the pitcher that went to the well once too
-often.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why don’t they come after us, I wonder!”</p>
-
-<p>“Superstitious, perhaps. But they will be here in
-due time. Count on that!”</p>
-
-<p>Ted changed the unpleasant subject.</p>
-
-<p>“Whatever could have happened that the engine
-died that way? Did I neglect to fill the second
-tank?”</p>
-
-<p>“No. It’s full. There is something mysterious<span class="pagenum" id="Page_67">[67]</span>
-about it. We might try to find out what the trouble
-is while we are waiting.”</p>
-
-<p>They examined the tank for air-leaks that would
-reduce the pressure to the point where the fuel would
-not feed. But the gauge registered five pounds—more
-than enough. Then they began tracing the slender
-feed-pipe from the tank to the carburetor. Almost
-immediately the trouble was found. Some one had
-disconnected one of the joints and had stopped up the
-pipe with soap, so of course the gasolene could not
-flow.</p>
-
-<p>“We have our friends, the lieutenants, to thank for
-that,” Stanley said bitterly. “It’s hard to believe
-that any one could do such a thing.”</p>
-
-<p>“They did a good job. I guess we shall never
-stand in their way again.”</p>
-
-<p>“If we had only brought a spare stick there would
-be a good chance of getting out of here. We could
-make the change in a little while and leave before any
-one had the courage to come near us.”</p>
-
-<p>“But the fact is we did not bring a spare stick. We
-knew better than that, too. Luck has been against
-us from the very start; and it’s getting worse.”</p>
-
-<p>“We might rig up the wireless outfit and send out
-a call for help. That is the only thing I can think of,”
-Stanley suggested without enthusiasm.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_68">[68]</span>“It can do no harm, anyway.”</p>
-
-<p>They unreeled the long wire antenna and removed
-the lead weight, or “fish,” from the end, replacing it
-with a bottle from the emergency kit. In flight the
-purpose of the fish was to keep the wire trailing out
-behind as straight as possible; but now they stretched
-the slender braided metal thread to the top of a tree
-near the river and tied the bottle to the highest branch.
-In this manner a message could be flashed into space,
-they did not know how far, but none could be taken
-in answer, as there was no receiving equipment in the
-plane.</p>
-
-<p>Ted switched on the battery and placed his fingers
-on the key.</p>
-
-<p>“S. O. S., S. O. S.,” the spark was flashed into the
-ether; “stranded one hour north of Cuzco, in valley
-surrounded by ring of yellow vapor. Need propeller.
-Notify aviation-field, Cuzco.”</p>
-
-<p>The message was repeated a number of times.</p>
-
-<p>“We are wasting time and energy,” Ted said suddenly,
-releasing the key and cutting the switch. “In
-the first place, I doubt if the spark will carry beyond
-the valley. And I just remembered that even if they
-should pick it up at the flying-field, they could not possibly
-help us. There is no other ship in commission,
-and even if there were, the only persons who could<span class="pagenum" id="Page_69">[69]</span>
-handle it are the lieutenants, who certainly would not
-come to help us.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t look for help from the field, but I thought
-there might be a station somewhere near here in the
-mountains, a secret government outfit. And if the
-facts were known, it might be possible that a ship
-would be sent from some other camp, perhaps even
-from Bolivia.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right. I’ll send it again and add our names to
-the end of it.”</p>
-
-<p>Once more the appeal was wafted into space.</p>
-
-<p>“I have it,” Ted shouted, jumping from his seat.
-“We will get a new stick right here!”</p>
-
-<p>“Get one here?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes. When the Indians show up it is as likely as
-not that they will be overawed and treat us like gods
-instead of starting trouble, for didn’t we come from
-the sky? We can keep on our goggles and helmets
-as a disguise; then put them to work.”</p>
-
-<p>“I fail to see what good that would do.”</p>
-
-<p>“People who can build walls and houses of large
-stones that fit together so perfectly they stand for
-centuries; who put up temples and palaces, and who
-make such wonderful textiles and ornaments, must be
-pretty skilful with their hands, and also have a good
-deal of intelligence to back them up. We will get<span class="pagenum" id="Page_70">[70]</span>
-them to make a new propeller, under our direction
-and with our help. Then we can leave the way we
-came.”</p>
-
-<p>“It sounds wild and impracticable.”</p>
-
-<p>“Wait and see. Leave the matter to me.”</p>
-
-<p>It was not until the next day that they saw signs of
-life in the valley. They had eaten the last of their
-food and had spent a miserable night huddled up in
-the seats of the stranded plane.</p>
-
-<p>A long column of Indians, marching in orderly manner,
-appeared from the direction of the river that
-flowed through the centre of the depression. At first
-the advancing throng was too far distant to distinguish
-its character, but as it drew nearer the two
-watchers saw by the gorgeous dress and glittering
-ornaments that many of the marchers belonged to
-the nobility.</p>
-
-<p>“What are we going to do?” Ted asked, breaking
-the suspense.</p>
-
-<p>“The machine-guns are in good order and there are
-over five hundred rounds of ammunition in the magazines.”</p>
-
-<p>“Shall we open fire?”</p>
-
-<p>“No; at least not yet. We could do that only as a
-last resort. It would rout them in terror, but they
-would come back. There are many thousands of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_71">[71]</span>
-them, you know. If gaining a few hours’ or days’
-time alone would help us, I should be in favor of standing
-them off with the guns. But that would be of no
-use whatever to us. As you suggested, we need their
-help, and the way to get it is to play on their superstitious
-natures and put them to work. It seems like
-a flimsy bulwark right now that the mob is bearing
-down on us; but let’s try it and trust to luck. I will
-do the parleying and you supervise the work when the
-time comes. I can see no other way out of it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Nor I,” Ted agreed.</p>
-
-<p>The Indians had halted while still some distance
-away and were obviously holding a discussion as to
-whether or not they should advance. A few minutes
-later they again started forward, then stopped for a
-second conference. This time they reached a definite
-conclusion, for they now approached in an unfaltering
-manner.</p>
-
-<p>Ted and Stanley put on their helmets and goggles
-and, at least to outward appearances, calmly awaited
-the coming of the mob. When the Indians had
-reached a point a hundred feet from the airplane they
-stopped.</p>
-
-<p>Two files of soldiers stepped forward, halted, and
-turned to face one another, forming a wide lane.
-Scarcely had they taken their station when a procession<span class="pagenum" id="Page_72">[72]</span>
-began to advance through this formation. Ted
-and Stanley watched with pounding hearts and bated
-breath.</p>
-
-<p>First came a group of menials sweeping the ground
-with branches of evergreens; then a number of officers
-or high officials garbed in brilliant robes and bearing
-various insignia of rank in their hands, such as silver
-staffs and bundles of rods. Following these, several
-score of youths, walking backward and singing in a
-monotonous cadence, strewed the ground with flowers.</p>
-
-<p>A sedan of gold borne on the shoulders of twenty-five
-of the highest nobles came next. The curtains,
-heavily embroidered in colors and threads of gold,
-were drawn so that the occupant of the conveyance
-could not be seen.</p>
-
-<p>When the men who carried the precious burden
-reached the end of the lane formed by the soldiers
-they halted and lowered the fitter to the level of their
-knees. The curtains were drawn aside and an elderly
-man wrapped in a mantle of black-and-white and
-wearing numerous amulets, bracelets, and anklets
-stepped out upon the rug that had been spread on the
-ground for him and stood with outstretched hands.
-Apparently he belonged to the religious order, or perhaps
-he was a witch-doctor, for he made mysterious
-passes with his hands and shook a rattle of dried seeds.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_73">[73]</span>
-After a moment he came forward a dozen paces, bowed
-to the ground, and throwing one corner of his mantle
-over his shoulder in an impressive manner, spoke.</p>
-
-<p>“Benevolent spirits, demons or men,” he began in
-a loud voice, “I know not which you may be, so know
-not how to receive you.”</p>
-
-<p>“And who are you who dares question us?” Stanley
-returned, pitting his own strategy against the Indian’s.</p>
-
-<p>“If you are spirits or demons, you must know that;
-for I am Villac Umu, one of the obedient servants of
-the great Inca, and High Priest of the Temple of the
-Sun. And you?”</p>
-
-<p>“We have come from the sky. That is all you
-shall know until it pleases us to tell you more.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, yes; even the king saw the great bird swoop
-into the valley. It filled him with amazement and
-joy, for might it not be a messenger from heaven with
-tidings to the greatest of the Incas? If you are
-brothers of the moon or children of the sun, you may
-confide in me; the king demands to be told, so that
-he may prepare to receive you according to your
-rank.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why did not the king come in person?” Stanley
-abruptly changed the subject.</p>
-
-<p>“The king is far away.”</p>
-
-<p>“Villac Umu, you dare say that? For all you know<span class="pagenum" id="Page_74">[74]</span>
-we may be able to read your most secret thoughts and
-to separate the truth from the untruth.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then you must know that I speak truly. The king
-is not here. If he were, you should feel his very presence,
-though you could not see him. He is great and
-powerful and so terrible that he is called the Tiger.”</p>
-
-<p>“Go back to your people,” Stanley commanded,
-“and return when I wave my hand like this.”</p>
-
-<p>The man bowed and turned without a word.</p>
-
-<p>“What do you make of it?” Ted asked when he was
-out of hearing. “It looks like a plot of some kind.”</p>
-
-<p>“Certainly. Quizquiz sent him on a spying mission,
-to find out who or what we are. He dared not
-come himself, the coward, but I would bet he is concealed
-somewhere in the background, at a safe distance.
-No doubt he connects this occurrence with
-our previous visit, but does not quite trust his own
-judgment.”</p>
-
-<p>“So much the better. We do not want to see him.”</p>
-
-<p>“I will call back the old man and tell him what we
-need and ask him to send it to us.”</p>
-
-<p>“Good! Tell him to come on.”</p>
-
-<p>Stanley waved his hand and the waiting figure approached.</p>
-
-<p>“For the present we shall need food, water, and
-shelter,” he began, “and as soon as possible thereafter<span class="pagenum" id="Page_75">[75]</span>
-twenty of the most skilled workers in wood,
-who must bring with them their implements; also a
-dozen boards of the finest, hardest wood that grows
-in the valley, of these dimensions.” Here he threw
-to the priest a ball of cord, into which he had tied
-knots to show the required length, breadth, and thickness
-of the boards. “Let them bring an abundance
-of glue, also.”</p>
-
-<p>“But there is no shelter near by,” the spokesman of
-the Indians interposed. “Let the visitors accompany
-me to the villa at the baths where the Inca sojourns,
-and where there is comfort and refreshment.”</p>
-
-<p>“That is impossible. We shall remain here.”</p>
-
-<p>“The king will want to know to whom these supplies
-are to be given.”</p>
-
-<p>“Tell him they are for visitors from the sky who are
-disappointed and grieved at the suspicion with which
-they have been received, and who will therefore depart
-again after a short rest.”</p>
-
-<p>“The great king will be pained to receive such a
-message, for in addition to being terrible he is also
-generous and kind. He would welcome the visitors
-from the sky in his palace.”</p>
-
-<p>“Will you kindly convey our requests to him?”</p>
-
-<p>“With pleasure. And in the meantime tents and
-food will be provided without delay.” Then, after<span class="pagenum" id="Page_76">[76]</span>
-a moment’s silence: “The king will be sad and disappointed
-because you will not accept the hospitality
-of his villa. Will you not go, later perhaps, when
-you are rested?”</p>
-
-<p>“Later, perhaps.”</p>
-
-<p>“Possibly the king may consent to come here as a
-special favor to——”</p>
-
-<p>“No! It is not necessary. Urge him not to expose
-his sacred person to the hardships of the trail. Plead
-with him. We could fly to the palace later, so why
-subject the great Inca to any inconvenience.”</p>
-
-<p>Without a word the priest returned to his followers
-and immediately departed in the direction from which
-the column had come.</p>
-
-<p>“He is a shrewd old fellow,” Ted said when they
-were gone.</p>
-
-<p>“But he did not find out much. You don’t think
-he recognized our voices?”</p>
-
-<p>“I hope not. You should be an actor. You played
-your part very impressively. I almost forgot who was
-talking.”</p>
-
-<p>A number of soldiers arrived before nightfall. They
-brought tents and baskets of food. After putting up
-the shelters, two of their number volunteered to remain
-to do the cooking, but Stanley ordered all of them to
-depart.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_77">[77]</span>“We must use the greatest caution. We will be
-surrounded by spies. Instead of using the tents we
-had better take the blankets and sleep on the ground
-under the wings.”</p>
-
-<p>“I wish the carpenters would get here, although I
-doubt if they can make a usable propeller. There is
-nothing like trying, though, and we will pretend that
-they can; that will be more cheerful and will give us
-time to look for some other possible opening for
-escape.”</p>
-
-<p>“No telling! Something <i>may</i> turn up sooner than
-we expect. That has always been the way here.
-New things happen suddenly every so often. Let’s
-eat.”</p>
-
-<p>The carpenters did not arrive until the third day.
-They brought all the articles that had been asked for
-and were at once put to work. Their first task was to
-shave down the boards until their surfaces were absolutely
-smooth. Then they were all glued together
-face to face, forming a thick block, after which heavy
-stones were placed on top to press them firmly together
-while the glue set. The dexterity with which
-the Indians plied their tempered copper tools was
-remarkable. And the hopes of the two Americans
-rose accordingly, for they saw that the shaping of a
-new propeller was a possibility after all.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_78">[78]</span>These hopes, however, were badly shaken a few
-days later. A herald arrived to announce the coming
-of the Inca on the following morning. The youth was
-dressed in a tunic made of small golden disks linked
-together, and comported himself in an arrogant, even
-impudent, manner.</p>
-
-<p>“I have never known it to fail,” Ted exploded.
-“Just when things are beginning to run smoothly a
-new calamity happens.”</p>
-
-<p>“I knew he would come. They have given him a
-good description of us and of the plane, and as we
-refused to visit him, he decided to come here. You
-remember how curious he was.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, and you know what curiosity did.”</p>
-
-<p>“I only wish Quizquiz had been the cat.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, if he is determined to pay his respects to us,
-we shall return the compliment in due time, count on
-that.”</p>
-
-<p>“I have just thought of something,” Ted said solemnly.
-“The way Pizarro conquered the whole Incan
-nation of many millions was to capture the king.
-Without a leader they were like so many sheep. We
-will capture Quizquiz.”</p>
-
-<p>“I should like to lay my hands on him for a few
-minutes at least. But how are we going to do it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Induce him to take a ride after the ship is repaired.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_79">[79]</span>“He would never do it. He’s too big a coward.”</p>
-
-<p>“We will tell him he can soar above the clouds and
-absorb some of the radiance of the sun. That will
-flatter his vanity and he will accept eagerly in spite of
-his fears. Then we can land him outside the valley
-and hold him prisoner while we come back to continue
-our search for the gold. His people will do anything
-to help us and will give us everything they have if we
-will but give them back their king.”</p>
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_80">[80]</span>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER VIII<br>
-
-<small>THE INCA’S THREAT</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">When</span> the Inca hove in sight the following morning
-Ted and Stanley were filled with wonder and dismay.
-It seemed as if the whole population of the valley had
-come with him. Long lines of soldiers marched in
-advance and at the rear of the procession. In the
-centre were the members of his court, the nobles, and
-a numerous body of the clergy. The pomp and splendor
-affected by the youthful monarch were surprising
-to the two Americans, who on their previous visit had
-become accustomed to the gorgeous attire of Huayna
-Capac and to the lavish display of wealth with which
-he surrounded himself.</p>
-
-<p>A horde of menials swept the roadway in advance
-of the royal party; youths in snowy garments sprinkled
-it with scented water and strewed the petals of orchids
-and other rare flowers over the way the ruler must pass.</p>
-
-<p>The golden litter in which the king rode was not the
-one used by his father, for, according to custom, upon
-the death of an Inca, all those things connected intimately
-with his use accompanied his remains to their
-final resting-place or were destroyed. Quizquiz had a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_81">[81]</span>
-more massive one, encrusted with emeralds, which
-were ingeniously mounted in the pale, pure gold, so as
-to form figures of the sun rising above the mountain
-tops, of llamas and of condors. And while fifty of his
-subjects of the highest rank trudged along under the
-oppressive weight of the litter and its occupant, Quizquiz,
-reclining on soft cushions, amused himself by
-striking at them with a long-lashed whip. The carriers
-seemed not to resent this abuse; they deemed it
-an honor thus to serve their sovereign, knowing all the
-while that to trip or fall while bearing the sacred burden
-would constitute a crime punishable by death.</p>
-
-<p>Very obviously the Inca had carefully planned to
-impress the visitors with his power and magnificence.
-When the throng reached the helpless airplane and its
-equally helpless occupants, it formed a circle around
-them, leaving a space in the centre not over a hundred
-feet across. The golden litter was carried much
-nearer, so that the monarch could have a clear view of
-what was in front of him.</p>
-
-<p>Ted and Stanley, their faces well concealed by their
-helmets, goggles, and upturned collars, returned the
-insolent stare of Quizquiz, and at the same time took
-in the colorful display of his trappings. On his head
-he wore the scarlet fringe, or <i>borla</i>, that fell down to
-his eyes, with two slender, glittering feathers standing<span class="pagenum" id="Page_82">[82]</span>
-up in front; that was his crown. His mantle, falling
-loosely about his rather well-knit body, was a mass of
-shimmering folds of rich brocade, gold and silver
-threads woven upon a white ground. His arms, which
-were exposed to view, were bedecked with bracelets;
-rings covered his fingers.</p>
-
-<p>“I am Quizquiz, Child of the Sun, most illustrious
-of all the Incas that have honored the earth with their
-presence,” he announced haughtily, toying with his
-whip as he spoke. “My authority is unquestioned
-and unlimited. My subjects do my bidding. At a
-word from me they die, if it suits my pleasure. Indeed,
-I am called the Tiger.”</p>
-
-<p>“None disputes the glory or the power of the great
-king,” Stanley replied promptly.</p>
-
-<p>“Then make known your mission. The valley is
-sacred ground. Intruders are not welcome, as two
-men from the outer world learned during the reign of
-Huayna Capac, my father.”</p>
-
-<p>At the latter words the two Americans detected a
-shade of hatred in the speaker’s voice, while his eyes
-flashed fire.</p>
-
-<p>“We desire food, shelter, and rest until it suits our
-convenience to return to the sky whence we came.
-That is a small request to make of a king.”</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/i_082fp.jpg" alt=""></div>
-<p class="caption">Very obviously the Inca had carefully planned to impress the visitors</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_83">[83]</span>“You came from the sky! I saw that with my
-own eyes. Are you gods that you travel through
-space like the spirits of the departed?”</p>
-
-<p>“We are masters of the air,” Ted said. He did not
-like the attitude of the questioner, and Stanley was
-visibly uneasy.</p>
-
-<p>For a moment Quizquiz surveyed them. His face,
-while handsome, bore a sullen expression, and the
-beady black eyes and drooping mouth bespoke a cruel
-and cunning disposition.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, yes,” he said impatiently. “But are you
-gods? Are you brothers of the sun, or companions of
-the moon? You speak with the voices of men. You
-ask for food and rest, like mortals.”</p>
-
-<p>“All who would make known their thoughts must
-speak with the voices of men. The Inca is no exception.”</p>
-
-<p>Quizquiz was plainly puzzled.</p>
-
-<p>“And the thing that carries you through the air,”
-he asked, “is it bird, beast, or devil?”</p>
-
-<p>“That you shall hear for yourself. It speaks with
-the voice of thunder.”</p>
-
-<p>According to a prearranged plan, Ted sprang to the
-ground and spun the propeller, while Stanley operated
-the switch and throttle. With a snort the engine was
-under way and rapidly picked up speed, until the hand
-of the indicator registered five hundred revolutions a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_84">[84]</span>
-minute, the shattered blade of the propeller adding a
-whining shriek to the roar of the exhausts.</p>
-
-<p>The Indians stared wide-eyed at the marvellous performance,
-and many, no doubt, would have liked
-nothing better than to turn and flee, but the knowledge
-that a show of fright would bring dire punishment
-restrained them from following their impulse.</p>
-
-<p>Stanley cut the switch and the engine stopped.</p>
-
-<p>“Now you have heard,” he said. “Let your priests
-and wise men interpret the message.”</p>
-
-<p>Quizquiz called Soncco and a number of other
-sages and after they had all admitted that they were
-unable to interpret the strange sound he dismissed
-them in anger with a flick of his whip.</p>
-
-<p>“Twenty strokes of the lash for each one,” he
-shouted, and a body of soldiers promptly stepped forward
-to obey the order.</p>
-
-<p>“Mercy, great and glorious father,” one of the older
-men cried out, falling upon his knees and extending
-his hands in supplication.</p>
-
-<p>“An additional ten strokes for the beggar! Take
-him away,” Quizquiz ordered. “And if any one of
-them so much as sigh while the lash is falling on his
-back, run him through with a lance.”</p>
-
-<p>“If it pleases the king, I will explain the message,”
-Stanley announced.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_85">[85]</span>“I will hear your words, but let your speech be
-brief, for I am weary.”</p>
-
-<p>“The great vehicle would carry the Inca into the
-sky, high above the tallest mountain-peaks, where the
-air is pure and where not even the condor dares venture;
-out of reach of the contaminating earth, to play
-among the clouds and to bask in the bright sunlight;
-it would take him so high that the radiance of the sun
-could descend upon his sacred person; men would be
-blinded by the dazzling splendor of the great king,”
-Stanley announced solemnly.</p>
-
-<p>“Is that the message?”</p>
-
-<p>“That is my interpretation. A few days are needed
-for preparations for the momentous event. And then,
-the flight into the heavens which even an Inca has
-never visited.”</p>
-
-<p>If these speeches were calculated to flatter the
-vanity of Quizquiz, the two were doomed to disappointment.
-For a moment he regarded them with
-narrowing eyelids while his hands toyed nervously
-with the whip. Then he flew into a violent rage.</p>
-
-<p>“Now indeed do I know that you are not gods, nor
-even the messengers of gods,” he shrieked, rising from
-his cushions and raising his whip as if to strike in their
-direction, “for else you must know that I, Quizquiz,
-mightiest of all the great kings, never touch my foot<span class="pagenum" id="Page_86">[86]</span>
-upon the contaminating earth; I honor my highest
-nobles by permitting them to carry my holy person
-from place to place. I need not the radiance of the
-sun, for I am already more resplendent than his brightest
-rays; is it not through my benevolence that the
-sun shines at all, and the stars come forth at night?
-It is I who permits the wind to blow and the rain to
-fall. Your words are blasphemy to my ears. All who
-live are my slaves, and to them my words are laws.
-Depart at once or you remain here forever!”</p>
-
-<p>The two had no time to ponder the quandary in
-which this unexpected turn of affairs had placed them,
-and for a moment they were speechless.</p>
-
-<p>“Villac Umu!” Quizquiz called. “Come to my
-side!”</p>
-
-<p>Attendants brought forward the sedan containing
-the high priest, which had been kept a few paces to
-the rear previously. It was the same conveyance in
-which he had appeared some days before to interrogate
-them.</p>
-
-<p>“How may I serve my revered father?” Villac
-smirked, with a great show of humility. “My one
-hope, my one desire is that I may one day give my
-unworthy life to please the king.”</p>
-
-<p>“Speak not of death, Villac Umu, for I have need
-of you alone among all men. You, who relieve me of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_87">[87]</span>
-the burden of communing with the gods and with the
-spirits, tell me, who are these insolent ones who dare
-invade my kingdom, and who disobey me when I command
-them to depart.”</p>
-
-<p>The high priest languidly raised his hands to his
-eyes, and for a full minute appeared to be lost in
-thought. Then he stood up and pointed toward Ted
-and Stanley with one hand. “I have divined the
-mystery,” he announced.</p>
-
-<p>“Then speak, good Villac,” Quizquiz said indulgently.
-“Wisdom such as yours is given to few men.
-I knew I could depend on you.”</p>
-
-<p>“The visitors from the sky are no other than the
-two strangers from the outer world who came into the
-valley during the reign of Huayna Capac, your father,
-and then escaped after having been condemned to
-death for their treason against the king. The great
-bird on which they ride is a contrivance of the evil one,
-and I know not the limits of its power. But as for the
-men, I recognize their voices, even though they feign
-hoarseness, and the color of their eyes is not unfamiliar
-to me. Seize them, great king, before they escape.”</p>
-
-<p>“He talks like a madman,” Stanley quickly interrupted,
-quivering with apprehension.</p>
-
-<p>“Still, I am inclined to believe his words. Uncover
-your heads and faces.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_88">[88]</span>“When the Inca removes his crimson fringe, for, as
-the <i>borla</i> is the emblem of his position, so does this
-head-dress proclaim ours.”</p>
-
-<p>The crowd began to surge forward at this bold defiance
-hurled at their sovereign, whose eyes blazed as
-he raised his jewelled hands to heaven. It was a signal
-to the soldiers. Like an avalanche they swept
-upon the plane. The engine not running, Stanley’s
-gun was useless, but Ted swung his weapon and pulled
-the trigger. Three shots rattled out in quick succession;
-then the gun jammed and was worthless. The
-mob was upon them in a flash. Ted and Stanley
-fought valiantly, but the fight was of short duration.
-Numerous hands clutched them; they struck back
-with wrenches, but so soon as one of the soldiers
-dropped another jumped into his place. The odds
-against them were too great to be overcome.</p>
-
-<p>In a short time the two had been dragged from their
-stronghold, their clothes nearly torn from their bodies,
-and barely conscious of the fact that they were being
-carried to the Inca’s litter.</p>
-
-<p>Quizquiz’s eyes gleamed with a triumphant and malicious
-fire. He gloated over his prisoners, and could
-scarcely keep from leaping from his seat to pounce
-upon them.</p>
-
-<p>“Ever since the day I caused the hole to be dug<span class="pagenum" id="Page_89">[89]</span>
-under the wall and learned of your escape, I knew you
-would return; that your greed for gold would overcome
-your better sense, and that you would again fall
-into my power. The great day has arrived. You are
-here, my captives, and I, Quizquiz, am king now!
-You shall suffer for those insults to me, and for your
-treachery to Huayna Capac when you protected the
-youth he had condemned to die. You shall not get
-away this time, be assured of that. You shall know
-what it is to suffer bitter agony, and when death
-comes to relieve you from the torture you will welcome
-it. Nor shall you long be kept in ignorance of
-the fate that awaits you, for the knowledge will
-add to your torment. The highest intellect of the
-nation shall pass the sentence. The valley will be
-rid of you forever and we shall live in peace, knowing
-well that your secret ends with your lives,” he
-roared.</p>
-
-<p>“Quizquiz,” said Stanley, recovering his senses sufficiently
-to speak, and shaking his clenched fists up at
-the Inca before the guards roughly grasped his arms.
-“You cannot frighten us with your threats; it is you
-who are afraid, not we. We got the better of you
-once and we can do it again. If you are a man, come
-down and fight me now. I will show you up for the
-weakling you are, depending on that villainous creature<span class="pagenum" id="Page_90">[90]</span>
-called Villac Umu for every word that comes out
-of your mouth. You haven’t a thought of your own;
-if a bird had so little sense it would fly backwards.
-You may kill us if you dare, but so surely as you do
-our friends in the outer world will come in search of
-us; they will find the Hidden Valley and enter it as we
-did, from the sky. Your crimson crown will be
-dragged in the mud and your people exterminated.
-Now do your worst and the responsibility for what follows
-will rest on your own head.”</p>
-
-<p>The throng stood silent as death, hardly daring to
-breathe. No one had thought it possible that any
-human being could utter such a tirade against the
-Inca and live. In awe, they expected the speaker to
-be struck to the ground by a hand from heaven, for
-had he not insulted a divinity? Even the king was
-speechless and waited for the miracle that he felt sure
-must happen, and that would vindicate his position.
-But nothing occurred. Then the people began to stir;
-into their minds had come the first suspicion that
-Quizquiz was not a god, but very human like the rest
-of them.</p>
-
-<p>“I am waiting.” Stanley broke the spell with the
-sound of his voice. “Will you come down and fight,
-or do you admit before all your people that you are
-a coward and afraid of me?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_91">[91]</span>In response Quizquiz flicked his whip and the nobles
-holding his litter turned and started away.</p>
-
-<p>The multitude, however, did not go away; it broke
-up into small groups and in hushed voices discussed
-the momentous events of the day.</p>
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_92">[92]</span>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER IX<br>
-
-<small>SONCCO’S SHREWDNESS</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">The</span> two prisoners were closely guarded by a double
-circle of soldiers until the day drew to a close; then
-the guards tied their hands securely behind their
-backs, but not without a struggle, and lashed their feet
-with tough thongs and fastened the ends to stakes
-driven into the ground. A small shelter-tent was
-erected over them.</p>
-
-<p>There they remained throughout the long hours of
-the night, helpless and suffering from the numerous
-bruises they had received in the encounter and from
-the cramped position of their limbs. Added to these
-tortures were hunger and a burning thirst, for they
-had been given neither food nor drink. And during
-all this time they heard the monotonous tramp of
-many sentinels walking around their prison.</p>
-
-<p>In the morning the thongs were loosened and coarse
-bread and a basin of water were placed before them.
-As they ate Stanley tried to engage the guards in conversation.</p>
-
-<p>“What is all the noise outside?” he asked.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_93">[93]</span>The soldiers did not reply.</p>
-
-<p>“Is the Inca still here? Tell him to call; I have
-thought of several other things I should like to say to
-him.” But still no reply, so Stanley concluded that
-further attempts would be futile.</p>
-
-<p>When the two had eaten, the guards gathered up
-the empty bowls and departed. Ted looked through
-the opening in the tent; what he saw made him stare
-in wonder. There was great activity in the direction
-he could see. Tents in hundreds were being put up
-and groups of soldiers, led by gaily dressed officers,
-were marching back and forth. The surrounding
-country was assuming the aspect of a vast encampment.</p>
-
-<p>Stanley, too, came up to the opening.</p>
-
-<p>“Looks like preparations for a battle,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>“And it is all for our benefit, no doubt. I wonder
-what Quizquiz intends to do?”</p>
-
-<p>“We shall find out soon enough. I wonder where
-he is?”</p>
-
-<p>They tried to venture out of their tent, but the
-guards pounced upon them immediately and forced
-them back into the prison.</p>
-
-<p>Days passed slowly for the two confined within the
-narrow space of their shelter; but, fortunately, they
-were not again bound. Evidently their captor had no<span class="pagenum" id="Page_94">[94]</span>
-fear that they might escape—the place was too well
-guarded. The suspense was terrible. They knew only
-too well that all the preparations going on around
-them were directly connected with their fate; but
-what that fate was to be they could not even surmise.</p>
-
-<p>One day Ted noticed that Stanley was counting a
-number of knots that he had tied in a string. “Poor
-fellow,” he thought as he watched him sadly, “his
-mind is going, but I cannot blame him. It’s enough
-to drive any one mad. Sometimes I think I feel myself
-slipping, too”; the latter was uttered half aloud.</p>
-
-<p>“What are you mumbling about?” Stanley asked,
-looking up. “I guess I know; it is enough to drive
-anybody crazy.”</p>
-
-<p>“I was just thinking the same thing about you when
-I saw you playing with that string. What are you
-doing?”</p>
-
-<p>“What, this? Take a good look and see if you
-can’t guess.”</p>
-
-<p>After a while Ted was compelled to admit that he
-could not make out the meaning of the string.</p>
-
-<p>“Well,” Stanley informed him, “this is my calendar.
-I am keeping track of the days. Each morning
-I tie another knot. We left Cuzco on the 12th of the
-month; it is the 26th to-day.”</p>
-
-<p>“How the days pass, even if the hours drag! I<span class="pagenum" id="Page_95">[95]</span>
-would not have thought it is so long since we got into
-this. By now we have been given up for lost. I can
-only hope the colonel suspects what happened and
-starts an investigation. One of the sentinels must
-have been in the plot and may talk if he is cornered.”</p>
-
-<p>Further conversation was checked by the entrance
-of an officer of the guard attended by a score of soldiers.
-He looked at them haughtily and elevated his
-dagger to the waist-line, point outward.</p>
-
-<p>“Quizquiz, Inca, Child of the Sun, greatest king
-that ever came from heaven to rule the earth, commands
-that you appear before his sacred person.
-Prepare at once to face the mighty sovereign,” he announced
-in a loud voice.</p>
-
-<p>“Did he tell you to say that?” Stanley asked.</p>
-
-<p>“He did. You will come at once. The king waits
-on no man.”</p>
-
-<p>“I thought so. It sounds like him. Tell Quizquiz,
-Inca, and biggest coward that ever lived that we are
-ready to fight at any time he desires.”</p>
-
-<p>“You dare be insolent! You shall pay for this,”
-the officer retorted. “Come with me at once.”</p>
-
-<p>“Suppose we refuse?”</p>
-
-<p>“Refuse the king’s command?” incredulously.</p>
-
-<p>“Why not? He is nothing to us.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then you will be carried forcibly.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_96">[96]</span>“Not a bad idea. Being carried is better than
-walking. The king rides from place to place, so why
-not we?”</p>
-
-<p>At a word of command from their leader the soldiers
-seized the two, raised them to their shoulders and
-passed quickly out of the tent.</p>
-
-<p>An encampment of great size had sprung up on the
-level floor of the valley. It was well laid out. The
-tents were placed in straight rows with wide streets
-between them, and there seemed to be armed guards
-and soldiers everywhere.</p>
-
-<p>The Inca’s quarters, covering a large plot of ground,
-were easily distinguishable on account of the brilliantly
-colored tapestries that adorned the sides of the tents.
-In the rear was a spacious courtyard, and it was there
-that the monarch awaited them, sitting in a raised
-chair covered with a silky brown vicuna robe. His
-nobles and amautas, or wise men, formed groups on
-each side. In front was a double row of soldiers with
-spears held in a horizontal position, the points outward,
-similar to the “on guard” position of bayonet drill.</p>
-
-<p>The prisoners were brought close to the rows of
-spear-points and unceremoniously deposited on the
-ground. Quizquiz cast one scornful, triumphant glance
-in their direction, but without one word to them
-turned and addressed the officials at his sides.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_97">[97]</span>“Many, many months ago, as you are all aware, I,
-Quizquiz the Great, commanded you, my abject servants
-to devise the means of punishment for these
-two creatures from the outer world upon their return
-to my kingdom, for my unfailing wisdom told me that
-they should one day return to complete the plunder of
-my treasure. They are here; they are in my hands.
-I am impatient to mete out to them their justly deserved
-fate. But the modes of execution that have
-been placed before me are too mild, too lenient; they
-must be more severe, more terrible, and death must
-come only after a period of lingering horror and fear of
-a very apparent end. You have not justified my confidence
-in your intelligence. If you have not the
-knowledge to better serve me, I would be well rid of
-your presence also. Therefore, I have selected twelve
-of the highest in rank from among you, and do hereby
-command you to appear before me to-morrow to make
-known to me the method of punishment you have devised.
-But,” and he slowly turned his head to look
-first at one, then the other of the groups of silent
-officials, “in order that I may not be further annoyed
-with your stupidity, I shall cause to be inflicted upon
-each one of you the mode of torture he prepares for
-the prisoners, if I deem it too mild for them. Villac
-Umu, High Priest of the Temple of the Sun, will now<span class="pagenum" id="Page_98">[98]</span>
-announce the names of the twelve whom it has been
-my pleasure to honor. Proceed, good Villac!”</p>
-
-<p>The throng stood in awe, while Villac Umu walked
-ceremoniously to the front and, first kneeling, kissed
-both the sovereign’s feet with a show of great humility.
-Then the high priest took up his position at one side
-of the king. Aged men inclined their heads forward
-and pushed back their snowy locks with trembling
-hands to hear the better; others looked stolid or indifferent,
-while in the eyes of not a few appeared a
-gleam of resentment and defiance.</p>
-
-<p>The high priest, in a loud and officious voice, called
-a dozen names in rapid succession, and finished by
-admonishing the chosen ones to think well before they
-spoke or they should pay dearly for their haste. After
-bestowing a look of approval on Villac Umu, the Inca
-was carried into his apartments, which was the sign of
-dismissal for the assembly.</p>
-
-<p>Not a word was spoken by any one as the crowd
-dispersed. A pall had fallen over all, for the officials
-whose names had been announced were the highest,
-the most respected, and the best beloved in the nation.
-For the twelve it was a virtual sentence; according to
-the terms announced, only one of them had a possible
-chance of escape, and Quizquiz was to be their
-judge.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_99">[99]</span>As Ted and Stanley were being taken back to their
-prison tent, walking this time by preference, they realized
-that Quizquiz had had some deep, ulterior motive
-when he called the assembly. It was but a flimsy way
-of finding an excuse to rid himself of the most popular
-of his officials. He envied them their knowledge and
-ability and the just esteem in which they were held by
-the populace. But even he, powerful as he was, did
-not dare condemn them without some pretext to his
-people. And, judging by the saddened looks of the
-unfortunate ones, they, too, understood his true motives.
-However, so accustomed were they to obeying
-without question the mandates of their ruler, that apparently
-they would rather suffer death than question
-an action of a Child of the Sun.</p>
-
-<p>Quizquiz was indeed developing all the unjust, tyrannical,
-and evil tendencies of which he had shown
-symptoms in his youth. Added to these was his colossal
-conceit. If he continued to govern his people in
-his present manner he must, before long, succeed in
-destroying all the sacred traditions of the nation, and
-the nation itself, unless there should be a revolution
-against his despotism.</p>
-
-<p>That night Ted and Stanley had a visitor. They
-could not see his face in the darkness, but they knew
-that he must be a person of distinction, for at his word<span class="pagenum" id="Page_100">[100]</span>
-of command the guards withdrew to a distance at
-which their footfalls were scarcely audible.</p>
-
-<p>The curtained end of the shelter parted, and a
-stooped figure entered hastily. That much but no
-more they could see in the semi-darkness.</p>
-
-<p>“I am Soncco,” a tremulous voice announced without
-ceremony. “Do you not remember me? I was
-one of the two amautas who instructed you in preparation
-for your position as princes when you were
-here before. You cannot see my face, and a light is
-forbidden you, but do you not remember my voice?”</p>
-
-<p>The two feared some new trap, so were on the alert.</p>
-
-<p>“If you are Soncco, give some proof of the fact,”
-Ted demanded.</p>
-
-<p>“I can soon prove that I am no other. If you will
-but recall, one day when your fare was reduced to
-almost nothing, you complained to me about it. I
-told you that others, including Quizquiz, son of the
-Inca, were undergoing the same ordeal. You replied
-that ‘if the others can do it we can.’ Those words
-impressed me. I admired your courage and nobleness
-of spirit, and I felt that the nation would be honored
-in admitting you to the lofty station you were about
-to occupy. I was more sad than I can express when
-the council condemned you, for I knew in my heart
-that you were guiltless of any intention of doing<span class="pagenum" id="Page_101">[101]</span>
-wrong. Men of your character could not commit treason
-against the good Huayna Capac, who had been so
-generous to you. And now I regret that your punishment
-must be so terrible, for I feel that again you are
-innocent of evil intentions against us.”</p>
-
-<p>“We thank you, Soncco, and assure you that your
-confidence is not misplaced. We did not intend to
-visit this place again. An accident brought us here.
-We had no choice in the matter. We would have
-given anything to have avoided it. But why talk of
-it? When we were here before you taught us how to
-live; now you have come to instruct us how to face the
-ordeal that is being prepared for us! Am I right?”</p>
-
-<p>“No. This time I seek your advice. Tell me how
-I may meet my fate.”</p>
-
-<p>“You, Soncco? What makes you talk like that?”</p>
-
-<p>“Because I am compelled to. Was not my name
-called to-day by Villac Umu, High Priest of the Temple
-of the Sun? It means that I and all the other
-luckless ones must perish by the means we suggest for
-your punishment, for Quizquiz will heed none of us.
-It is merely a pretext for getting rid of those of us
-who have won his disfavor.”</p>
-
-<p>“We thought the same thing. And while Quizquiz
-is bad enough, there is another who is infinitely worse;
-that one is Villac Umu, who is the real ruler. You<span class="pagenum" id="Page_102">[102]</span>
-know that as well as we do. Then why do you meekly
-submit, like a flock of brainless llamas? Why not be
-men and fight for your rights and your lives?”</p>
-
-<p>“Quizquiz is king. The Inca always has been
-looked upon as a holy being. In all the history of the
-nation none has ever resisted him because he is a
-Child of the Sun, and no one dares question his actions
-now. He cannot do wrong. If his will seems unjust
-to us it is only because we lack the wisdom to see the
-higher aims that are clear to him. We are as nothing
-compared to his magnificence.”</p>
-
-<p>“Soncco, it is hard to believe that you really think
-that. You seem to be a man of intelligence, but if
-you are really in earnest it is time you knew better.
-The Inca is a person like any one else, and is great
-only because the people make him so. Strip him of
-his crown, his jewels, and his finery, and he would look
-exactly like any other human being. Dress him in
-the rags of a menial, and he would not even be recognized
-in the street. He eats, drinks, and sleeps just
-as we do; he is a king because the people are ignorant
-enough to want some one to worship and to bow to,”
-Stanley said.</p>
-
-<p>“If you were to choose your own mode of punishment,
-what would it be?” Soncco evaded.</p>
-
-<p>“I understand now why he came,” Stanley whispered<span class="pagenum" id="Page_103">[103]</span>
-to Ted. “He knows we should pick out something
-easy, so he figures on getting off easily himself,
-for he is to receive what he proposes for us. Let’s
-humor him. Who knows what it may lead to?” Then
-to Soncco: “Nothing could be more terrible than to
-keep us in the valley the rest of our natural lives and
-to do everything possible to make us live a long, long
-time. We should be given full liberty, of course, to
-come and go as we please, and should live in state,
-like princes. But still we should be prisoners of the
-Inca.”</p>
-
-<p>Soncco appeared to be surprised.</p>
-
-<p>“What would be so terrible about that?” he asked.</p>
-
-<p>“Just think of it, prisoners in this small place, when
-we have been accustomed to the outer world. We
-long to travel its vast lands, its great rivers, and the
-mighty oceans. We have even conquered the air and
-can fly from place to place like the birds. Here we
-are far from home and all those we hold dear; we
-should never see them again, nor would they know
-what had befallen us. What could be more horrible?”</p>
-
-<p>“I understand now,” Soncco replied with enthusiasm.
-“You speak wisely. I shall suggest it at the
-meeting to-morrow, and I can only hope that my
-words will be heeded. And now I must go. Good
-night, my friends.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_104">[104]</span>As he stole away they heard him mutter to himself:
-“I am afraid Quizquiz will never let them off so easily,
-for they might escape; but, at any rate, he can do
-nothing worse to me, for if he refuses the request for
-them he will be compelled to grant it to me. I am
-safe. And the proposition offers the one chance
-to——”</p>
-
-<p>They could hear no more, for he had passed into
-the night. Soon the guards were back at their posts
-and the steady tramp of their feet was the last sound
-the two heard before falling into a fitful sleep.</p>
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_105">[105]</span>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER X<br>
-
-<small>THE PRISONERS CAPTURE THE KING</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">After</span> a few hours Stanley awoke with a start.
-The seriousness of their position made lengthy or
-restful sleep impossible. As he lay thinking of their
-plight and raking his brain for some means by which
-its outcome could be averted, he heard a sigh from
-Ted.</p>
-
-<p>“Are you awake?” he whispered.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes. I have given up trying to sleep. I am
-thinking of to-morrow and what it may bring. For
-once I wish the night would last forever.”</p>
-
-<p>“I have made up my mind. I am not going to
-stay here longer waiting for them to drag me away——”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s just the way I feel. Suppose we try to
-get away. It seems hopeless, but we can try. The
-guards may be overconfident or drowsy. And, anyway,
-whatever they would do to us if they caught us
-would be quicker than the plan Quizquiz is preparing.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then let’s go. Try to get hold of a weapon of
-some kind; perhaps the guards have stacked their<span class="pagenum" id="Page_106">[106]</span>
-arms, or we might be able to overpower one of them.
-A knife, a spear, anything will help if we have to fight
-our way through.”</p>
-
-<p>Apparently the watch was being changed, for they
-had not heard the footfalls of the sentinels for several
-minutes.</p>
-
-<p>Cautiously stealing out of the tent, they listened for
-a moment; then they began to crawl in the direction of
-the river. If they could gain its banks they would
-brave the current in an attempt to reach Uti, beyond
-the wall, and once there the numberless caves offered
-places of at least temporary security against any horde
-of besiegers.</p>
-
-<p>When they had crawled a distance of twenty yards
-they heard the sound of approaching footsteps; they
-stopped and flattened themselves to the ground. Four
-sentries passed between them and the end of their
-tent.</p>
-
-<p>Ted touched Stanley lightly on the shoulder. “We
-are through the line,” he whispered. Again they resumed
-their stealthy advance. From out of the blackness
-ahead of them came the murmur of flowing water;
-it must be the river.</p>
-
-<p>And then, without warning, a loud clangor broke
-upon their startled ears; it seemed to come from all
-around them at the same time, and bewildered them<span class="pagenum" id="Page_107">[107]</span>
-by its suddenness. Before they fully realized what
-had happened, a dozen soldiers with flaming torches
-came running from various directions, shouting as
-they ran. The two sprang to their feet and started
-away as fast as they could, but other guards headed
-them off and, tripping them, pinned them to the
-ground. Before long they had been taken back to
-their tents, bruised from the rough treatment they had
-received, but leaving several of the soldiers sprawled
-on the ground from the mauling they had given in
-return.</p>
-
-<p>“We travel in circles,” Stanley panted. “Here we
-are, back again in the place we started from. But
-that was a clever plan of theirs; we have to give them
-credit for that. And we fell for it like a couple of
-chumps.”</p>
-
-<p>“What caused all the racket?” Ted, too, was
-breathing hard. “I don’t know yet what happened,
-unless some one saw us and gave the alarm.”</p>
-
-<p>“Nothing of the kind. We gave the alarm ourselves,
-or at least I did. The place is surrounded
-with a rope fence with bells attached to it. I was all
-tangled up in it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well,” Ted tried to console his companion, at the
-same time paying him a graceful compliment, “you
-could not help it. You got into it only because you<span class="pagenum" id="Page_108">[108]</span>
-were in the lead; if I had been first I should have done
-the same thing.”</p>
-
-<p>The end of that night, wretched as it was, came all
-too soon. As day was breaking the journey began to
-the City of Gold, where stood the great Temple of the
-Sun, for it was in the court of this sacred edifice that
-the sentence was to be pronounced. The procession
-was already formed when the prisoners joined it.
-Every one of the numerous host was in his proper
-place in the line that reached far into the distance,
-excepting only a small detachment of soldiers that
-remained behind to look after the encampment.</p>
-
-<p>Quizquiz truly travelled in all the barbaric splendor
-and luxury at his command. Riding aloft in his
-golden litter, borne on the shoulders of his uncomplaining
-nobles, he looked down haughtily upon the
-throng that formed his escort; he even gazed defiantly
-or with a superior air at the snow-capped mountains
-in the distance marking the confines of his empire, as
-if they, too, were subject to his wishes. Occasionally
-he amused himself by striking those nearest him with
-his whip, or in admiring the flashing jewels on his
-fingers and around his neck.</p>
-
-<p>The march was interrupted frequently while the
-monarch took long draughts of corn beer from golden
-goblets served by the numerous attendants.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_109">[109]</span>Other menials of the retinue carried cages of live
-ducks, doves, and tinamou or mountain partridges, so
-that their sovereign might not want for these highly
-esteemed delicacies while on the march. Another
-group had charge of the Inca’s wardrobe, which was of
-necessity very large, for with the exception of the
-outer mantles he never donned the same garment more
-than once. After having been worn it was discarded
-forever, nor could it be used by any other person after
-having graced the sacred person of the king. It was
-either burned outright or stored in the repositories of
-the palace to be destroyed with much ceremony at
-some future time.</p>
-
-<p>One incident of the march well illustrated the cruel
-and unfeeling nature of Quizquiz, as well as his entire
-lack of justice or desire to provide for the welfare of
-his people.</p>
-
-<p>In passing through one of the settlements an elderly
-man rushed out of the crowd and knelt in the street;
-as the royal litter approached he threw himself flat on
-the ground and begged the Inca to grant him an
-audience.</p>
-
-<p>“What does this insolent creature want?” Quizquiz
-asked in a surly voice of Villac Umu, whose sedan was
-carried directly in back of the king’s.</p>
-
-<p>“Speak!” Villac commanded the man.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_110">[110]</span>“My allotment of land has been taken from me by
-my gracious lord’s governor. I have nothing now and
-am starving,” the aged man pleaded.</p>
-
-<p>“Why was it taken?” asked the high priest.
-“What crime did you commit? Conceal nothing from
-the all-knowing king!”</p>
-
-<p>“No crime. I was not even accused of a crime.
-My plot was more fertile than that of the officer, so
-he envied me and took it away. I beseech you that
-justice be done.”</p>
-
-<p>Quizquiz flew into a rage.</p>
-
-<p>“The governor represents me and enforces my laws
-upon an unworthy people. If he desires your land he
-shall have it. What right have you to anything?
-Everything is mine. You have lived many years by
-my grace and by my father’s, yet you complain. Is it
-true that you now have nothing—no place to which
-to go?”</p>
-
-<p>“It is true, most noble king. I know not where to
-turn.”</p>
-
-<p>“It is well; throw him into the river!”</p>
-
-<p>Two soldiers seized the luckless man and hurried
-him away. With a chuckle Quizquiz ordered that the
-march be resumed, while Villac Umu nodded approvingly.</p>
-
-<p>Ted and Stanley were enraged at this high-handed<span class="pagenum" id="Page_111">[111]</span>
-action on the part of the Inca. Even the meanest of
-his subjects had always retained the right to plead his
-case before the king, according to the law of the
-nation. Huayna Capac had without exception listened
-patiently, caused an investigation to be made, and if
-one of his officials had been guilty of oppression or
-had administered the laws badly he had been severely
-punished. It was obvious that Quizquiz had launched
-forth upon a career of cruelty and extermination that
-would surely lead to his own downfall.</p>
-
-<p>Arrived at the Golden City, the procession proceeded
-directly to the Temple of the Sun. The soldiers arranged
-themselves to form a hollow square. The
-nobles, priests, and amautas formed groups in the
-centre of it. In front of the massive structure of the
-temple stood a giant tree, its topmost branches reaching
-well over a hundred feet above the ground. Trailing
-plants that hugged the earth grew at its base; they
-were symbolic of the Inca towering high above his
-lowly, cringing subjects.</p>
-
-<p>The king’s litter was carried to the very door of the
-temple and placed upon the top of the stone terrace,
-from which a rug-covered runway led into the building.
-A carpet of soft chinchilla skins covered the
-floor of the passage.</p>
-
-<p>Quizquiz arose, stepped out of his conveyance, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_112">[112]</span>
-in a haughty, deliberate manner entered the holy
-edifice—alone and unattended. No one dared enter
-the temple while the king was within, lest they disturb
-his devotions.</p>
-
-<p>A loud voice raised in a chant soon came out of the
-open door and reached the ears of the waiting multitude,
-which promptly fell upon its knees; supposedly
-Quizquiz was praying to his Sun-God for guidance in
-dealing with his prisoners in a proper manner, but the
-tone and words were of such nature that they were
-obviously calculated to impress his hearers rather than
-any divinity.</p>
-
-<p>The soldiers, too, were kneeling, with heads bowed
-low. For a moment Ted and Stanley stood alone.
-Not an eye was turned upon them.</p>
-
-<p>“Come!” Stanley whispered. “This is our chance.”</p>
-
-<p>Closely followed by Ted, he sprang lightly to the
-raised platform, and before the guards knew what had
-occurred the two had disappeared into the gloomy
-building. Knowing that there could be no pursuit,
-they moved slowly and silently through a corridor
-flanked by tall columns of stone, and reached the
-main room, which was the place of worship.</p>
-
-<p>They saw Quizquiz in the distance, and once again
-they gasped in astonishment. They had fully expected
-that at least in the temple the vainglorious monarch<span class="pagenum" id="Page_113">[113]</span>
-would dispense with some of his conceit. But they
-had been mistaken.</p>
-
-<p>A representation of the sun, emblazoned with gold
-and jewels, covered the entire end wall of the building.
-Instead of kneeling, or at least standing in front
-of it, with outstretched arms, as the ritual prescribed,
-Quizquiz had seated himself on a cushion, with his
-back turned toward the sacred emblem. That accounted
-for the fact that his voice could be heard
-so distinctly by the multitude outside. But, most
-profane of all, he held a large metal mirror in his
-hands and admired his own reflection the while he
-prayed.</p>
-
-<p>So absorbed was he in this fascinating occupation
-that he did not see the two until they had left their
-place of concealment and were close upon him. Hearing
-the sound of their footsteps at last, he looked up
-to ascertain their cause. As he beheld the onrushing
-pair a shudder passed over his frame and the mirror
-fell from his hands; his arms froze in mid-air while a
-look of terror came into his face. Before he could
-recover the two had reached his side.</p>
-
-<p>“One sound and I will choke the life out of you,”
-Stanley threatened in a whisper, at the same time
-grasping him by the throat, while Ted, picking up a
-heavy gold sceptre that lay on the floor, raised it<span class="pagenum" id="Page_114">[114]</span>
-above the startled ruler’s head in a manner that left
-no doubt as to his intentions.</p>
-
-<p>Quizquiz was too frightened to speak.</p>
-
-<p>“You are our prisoner now, understand?” Stanley
-continued. “The tables are turned. Now you know
-just how we felt up to a few minutes ago, and you will
-learn other things, too, before we are through with
-you. Not a sound, remember, or it will be the last
-one you ever make.”</p>
-
-<p>“You dared follow me here?” At last words came
-to the lips of the terrified monarch, but his voice was
-scarcely audible; the thing seemed so impossible to
-him. “Here! in the holy temple—in the presence of
-the Sun-God and of my sacred forefathers——”</p>
-
-<p>“Shut up!” Stanley commanded, while Ted’s eyes,
-becoming accustomed to the semi-darkness, made out
-a row of mummies seated on gold thrones that lined
-the walls on both sides of them.</p>
-
-<p>“Take us to one of the inner chambers,” Stanley
-continued, “and we will tell you what to do, but do
-not forget, no treachery, or you know what will happen,”—and
-he tightened his fingers perceptibly.</p>
-
-<p>“I am the king; I obey no man’s orders,” Quizquiz
-protested weakly.</p>
-
-<p>“You <i>were</i> king; now you are our prisoner and you
-will do exactly as we say. Move on!”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_115">[115]</span>Without another word the captive led them to a
-small, bare room, with four walls of solid, hewn stone.
-Light was admitted through an opening ten feet above
-their heads. Ted stood guard at the door, while Stanley
-pushed Quizquiz to the centre of the floor, still
-retaining his hold on the prisoner’s throat.</p>
-
-<p>In this position they stood for an appreciable length
-of time, looking at one another, the Inca’s wily brain
-busy trying to devise some means of outwitting his
-captors, and the two Americans hoping they could
-gain their end without resort to the violence they had
-promised in the event their demands were refused.</p>
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_116">[116]</span>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XI<br>
-
-<small>THE COUNSEL OF THE WISE MEN</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Quizquiz</span> was rapidly regaining his self-control and
-haughty reserve. He folded his arms majestically and
-looked at the two who had made him prisoner.</p>
-
-<p>“What do you want?” he asked with a sneer.</p>
-
-<p>“You know without asking. Set us free and permit
-us to return to the outer world.”</p>
-
-<p>“And give you all my gold to take with you. Is
-that all?”</p>
-
-<p>“We do not want your gold. We told you that
-before.”</p>
-
-<p>“If I should grant that request you should soon
-return with some new and more powerful contrivance
-to rob me. And others would come with you to make
-sure of it. I know your thoughts. Gold, gold, gold!
-That is all the white men think of and they stop at
-nothing to get it. The history of my people proves it.”</p>
-
-<p>“We are not going to argue. If you don’t grant
-our request at once——” Stanley’s fingers again
-tightened, while Ted advanced with the heavy rod.</p>
-
-<p>“It shall be as you say. Now I shall go.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_117">[117]</span>“No, you will stay. We are not fools. What assurance
-have we that you will keep your promise?”</p>
-
-<p>“The word of a king.”</p>
-
-<p>“That means nothing to us. We must have something
-more substantial than that, something more
-reliable.”</p>
-
-<p>“I will make a solemn oath in the presence of my
-ancestors. There is nothing more binding in the laws
-and rites of the nation. No one could break a promise
-so given and live.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then swear, and after you have taken the oath
-we will tell you what to add to it; and you will talk
-loud enough so that the people outside can understand
-every word you say. Make it clear that we
-are free to leave the valley, and that you will help us
-in every way to do so; that if you fail to keep your
-promise, you will forfeit your throne and submit to
-the vilest treatment any mortal ever received in the
-valley; admit that your action toward us was unjustified,
-and apologize for it. Also, as a sign of good
-faith, tell the truth about Villac Umu, and command
-the soldiers to arrest him at once and throw him into
-the river—this to be done before we let you out of
-the temple; appoint Soncco to take his place. When
-you have said all this, we will dictate the rest of your
-speech.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_118">[118]</span>Quizquiz appeared startled, but soon the old manner
-returned.</p>
-
-<p>“But not here,” he protested. “The people could
-not hear me, and to make the oath binding it must
-be made in the sanctuary before the image of the
-Sun-God, and where the bodies of my dead and glorious
-ancestors repose.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then come at once. And be sure that you attempt
-no trickery. One suspicious move and you will never
-see the daylight again.”</p>
-
-<p>They quickly retraced their steps, holding the Inca
-between them, to the main hall of the building. It
-was damp and gloomy. The rows of dead seemed
-waiting in silent expectancy; each was seated on his
-golden throne in a niche in the wall. Their heads were
-inclined forward, as if in a listening attitude, and their
-hands, adorned with many jewels, were crossed on
-their breasts. The crimson fringe adorned the royal
-heads, and the attire was of the richest. Most of them
-had long, white hair, indicating that they had attained
-a ripe age. Obviously they had been embalmed by
-some secret process, and were in such a splendid state
-of preservation that they seemed more asleep than
-dead.</p>
-
-<p>“This place is holy and you have desecrated it by
-your presence,” Quizquiz hissed as they reached a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_119">[119]</span>
-stone sacrificial altar which stood in the centre of the
-floor. “You have insulted me, the king, have laid
-your hands on my sacred person, have gazed upon the
-venerable dead, and——”</p>
-
-<p>“And we will do one other thing—you know what
-it is—if you don’t hurry and do what we told you to.
-Now take your oath; turn around so every one can
-hear you, then repeat what we said.”</p>
-
-<p>“Release me so I can kneel!”</p>
-
-<p>Stanley relaxed his hold and the Inca knelt close
-to the altar. Raising both hands he began in a solemn
-voice: “In this holy temple, in the presence of my
-forefathers now resting in the glory of the sun, I,
-Quizquiz, king, swear that——”</p>
-
-<p>At the same moment Stanley noticed a movement
-in the altar wall. A panel was sliding noiselessly to
-one side. He made a quick lunge for Quizquiz, and
-Ted struck with the heavy staff just as the Inca dived
-headlong into the dark opening that had been revealed
-under the stones. The door sprang back instantly
-and from beyond it a mocking voice continued
-in triumph: “Your punishment will be a thousand
-times more terrible because of this. You shall see!”</p>
-
-<p>The two stared at one another in blank amazement.
-It had happened so quickly that it was over before
-they were fully aware of what was taking place. They<span class="pagenum" id="Page_120">[120]</span>
-pushed and tugged at the panel, but it resisted their
-efforts.</p>
-
-<p>In kneeling to pray, Quizquiz had pressed a secret
-mechanism that operated the sliding front of the altar.
-And he had made good his escape. He had out-generalled
-them just as it had seemed certain that
-their release and departure from the valley was assured.
-The blow stunned them.</p>
-
-<p>“He’s gone for good,” Stanley panted. “It’s all
-over with us now.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why didn’t we fix him while we had him? Why
-didn’t we at least tie his hands and feet? We might
-have known what to expect. Listen!”</p>
-
-<p>A loud shout from without rent the air. The Inca
-had reappeared and the people acclaimed him with
-loud applause. Suddenly the noise stopped; some one
-was speaking. Scarcely knowing what they did the
-two crept forward to listen. The voice was Villac
-Umu’s:</p>
-
-<p>“Our holy and adored sovereign, having finished his
-devotions in the temple, now commands that we, his
-unworthy slaves, proceed with our declarations. Tupichi,
-commander of the army, advance, kiss the
-king’s feet with reverence, and speak. But hold!
-First I must again remind you of the responsibility
-attached to the honor bestowed upon you by the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_121">[121]</span>
-king, for each high honor, like each exalted position,
-carries with it the heavy burden of rendering worthy
-account of the opportunities it affords. Therefore,
-should your proposal displease our generous and beloved
-ruler, you must suffer the fate you suggested
-for the prisoners.”</p>
-
-<p>Tupichi came forward as he was bidden, knelt
-humbly, and kissed the Inca’s feet. After a slight
-pause, lengthened by the silence of the crowd, his
-tremulous voice could be heard.</p>
-
-<p>“If it pleases the king, let them be stoned to death,”
-he said meekly.</p>
-
-<p>“You have the courage to insult me thus?” It was
-Quizquiz who replied. “That penalty is inflicted on
-petty thieves and like offenders, not on persons like
-these. The army shall have a new leader; for you,
-Tupichi, shall be stoned.”</p>
-
-<p>“Huascar, advance and let our ears drink in the
-thoughts that have been conjured by your fertile
-brain,” Villac Umu commanded in a croaking voice.
-Again the silence of expectancy pervaded the air.</p>
-
-<p>“My unworthy proposal is that the prisoners be
-boiled in a caldron of oil,” he said simply.</p>
-
-<p>“Your proposal is unworthy indeed. It blasphemes
-my ears. If you, Huascar, can think of nothing better
-than that, you do not deserve to be permitted to live.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_122">[122]</span>
-Space in the valley is limited and far too valuable to
-be occupied by such as you. Boiling in oil will be a
-fitting reward for your stupidity, and so it shall be.”</p>
-
-<p>“Let Toparca now be heard,” the high priest then
-announced.</p>
-
-<p>“Glorious one, who has honored me with this rare
-distinction, blind them with the point of a red-hot
-spear,” Toparca ventured. “Then set them free on
-the rugged peaks flanking one of the many craters, so
-that they will fall into the lake of fire that seethes and
-roars at the bottom.”</p>
-
-<p>“Come, come!” Quizquiz scolded impatiently.
-“You chatter like a monkey, or like a parrot that
-lacks the power to think. Words that mean nothing
-proclaim a brain that has lost its usefulness. You
-have pronounced your own sentence.”</p>
-
-<p>“Speak Zaron! It is your turn.”</p>
-
-<p>“I would hold them prisoner until the next exercises,
-then set them up as targets and let the youths
-of the nation try their skill at them with bows and
-arrows, or, if the king prefers, with spears and daggers.
-A living mark is more interesting to shoot at than
-some lifeless object.”</p>
-
-<p>“You will be a more fitting target than either of
-these, Zaron, but I doubt not that the density of your
-head will dull the arrows and turn them aside,” Quizquiz<span class="pagenum" id="Page_123">[123]</span>
-retorted with a chuckle, in which he was joined
-by Villac Umu.</p>
-
-<p>And so they proceeded. Each one of the luckless
-twelve was ordered to state his proposition, and the
-offering of each was spurned, often with sarcasm and
-ridicule. So each in turn was sentenced to the same
-punishment he had contrived to plan for the captives.
-Only one remained to be heard.</p>
-
-<p>“Soncco, speak quickly; I am fatigued with all this
-stupidity,” Quizquiz continued impatiently after directing
-a number of cutting shafts at Chapas, eleventh
-on the list. “Surely you possess wisdom, or at least
-so you have pretended. I have trusted you with important
-missions in the past, and I trust you still or
-I should not consent to listen longer to this idle
-gossip.”</p>
-
-<p>“Great and holy king,” Soncco began gravely,
-“besides whose splendor even the sun pales to the
-dimness of a menial’s grease-lamp, I am flattered by
-this praise and confidence, which is undeserved. To
-serve my revered sovereign is my only wish; to die
-for him would be my greatest joy. I have evolved a
-plan that is as striking as it is different from all the
-others that have been proffered. Therefore I beg of
-my beloved master that he will condescend to listen
-with patience while——”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_124">[124]</span>“If you think to flatter me, Soncco, I must tell you
-that your words are falling on deaf ears. What mere
-mortal can proclaim my glory? I am above the praise
-that any tongue can speak,” Quizquiz interrupted
-haughtily.</p>
-
-<p>“Keep the two strangers in the valley until they
-die of old age. Let them go where they will, and feed
-them well so that they may live all the longer—and
-provide rich apartments for them, with servants and
-all the comforts of life. As your prisoners they will
-give perpetual testimony of the power and greatness
-of the king who is capable of holding them against their
-will. That is my humble plan, offered in deepest
-humility.”</p>
-
-<p>“It must be that Soncco does not understand. A
-reward is not wanted for these intruders, but a penalty
-of the most terrible nature,” Villac Umu said in
-consternation.</p>
-
-<p>“It is the high priest who fails to understand,”
-Soncco replied in a steady voice, while the crowd
-craned their necks so as not to lose a word. “What
-punishment could be more horrible than to keep the
-two here as prisoners all their lives, far removed from
-their homes and friends? The valley is a small place
-compared to the vast lands, rivers, and oceans of the
-outer world that they have been accustomed to traverse.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_125">[125]</span>
-They are masters of the air as well. An ant
-confined within the pod of a bean would have a thousand
-times more liberty than they.”</p>
-
-<p>Quizquiz looked incredulous. For a short while he
-looked intently at Soncco, as if trying to read his innermost
-thoughts. Then a look of understanding came
-into his face.</p>
-
-<p>“I have heard your words, Soncco, and I appreciate
-the motive that inspired them. Instead of obeying
-my command to contrive a method of punishment for
-the prisoners, you have thought only to save yourself.
-One inspired by motives less lofty and less generous
-than mine would see in your act disloyalty, even
-treason, and would deal with you accordingly. But
-have no fear; your life shall be spared, for I have need
-of you. I hereby designate you to carry out the sentences
-imposed upon themselves by your eleven companions,
-and remember, Tupichi, your brother, is
-among them. Even though you live, Soncco, you will
-be the one to inflict torture and death on others who
-are dear to you.”</p>
-
-<p>Soncco was stunned at hearing these words. He
-stood as in a trance until Quizquiz waved him aside
-and continued with a note of triumph in his voice:
-“Let the prisoners now be brought out of the temple.”</p>
-
-<p>Hearing this, Ted and Stanley rushed from the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_126">[126]</span>
-opening in the wall at which they had been listening,
-and fled to one of the smaller rooms where they could
-better defend themselves, for now that the Inca was
-no longer in the building the priests and guards were
-at liberty to enter. They waited, Ted retaining the
-heavy, golden rod in his hands, Stanley holding a long
-knife he had taken from one of the altars; but no one
-came to attack them. Instead, a pungent odor, faint
-and not disagreeable, came to their nostrils; they
-could not tell where it originated. Aside from noting
-the scent which grew constantly stronger and began
-to roll into the room in thin wisps and wreaths of blue
-smoke, they attached no importance to it. Doubtless
-it was caused by burning incense in one of the numerous
-sanctuaries; matters of greater import filled their
-minds.</p>
-
-<p>“I am choking,” Ted suddenly muttered, clutching
-at his throat; tears streamed down his cheeks. “And
-I can’t see either.”</p>
-
-<p>Stanley was blindly groping his way toward the
-door. The two were rapidly losing consciousness in
-the suffocating fumes that seemed completely to fill
-the building. As they painfully and aimlessly stumbled
-through the growing darkness a harsh voice half
-aroused them to their senses. It was the high priest’s.
-At the same time they could make out his form,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_127">[127]</span>
-faintly outlined in the haze, while in back of him were
-other dim figures.</p>
-
-<p>“Drag them out of the holy place,” cried Villac
-Umu, “and take them before the throne of judgment.”</p>
-
-<p>A dozen hands seized them by the shoulders and
-legs and carried them, limp and unconscious, out of
-the temple.</p>
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_128">[128]</span>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XII<br>
-
-<small>THE VILLAINY OF VILLAC UMU</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">A few</span> breaths of the fresh, outer air restored the
-two prisoners to their senses, although it was some
-time before the stupor caused by the suffocating fumes
-left them entirely; this was followed by severe spells
-of coughing and a choking sensation. They asked for
-water but none was given them.</p>
-
-<p>If Quizquiz had looked upon them before with a
-triumphant gleam in his eyes, he now regarded them
-with utter disdain. An insect or a reptile could not
-have been treated with greater contempt. His lips
-were set. Cruelty and the desire for revenge showed
-in every line of his face. He had suffered what he
-considered an unspeakable indignity; the captives had
-actually dared touch his sacred person, and none too
-gently at that. The temple had been desecrated. It
-was only by sheer luck that he had succeeded in escaping
-them. In the secret underground passage into
-which he had disappeared he had taken enough time
-to collect his composure and to straighten out his dishevelled
-clothes and diadem before appearing to the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_129">[129]</span>
-multitude that awaited him. Halting an instant he
-had spoken quickly and in a whisper to Villac Umu,
-whereupon an officer and a squad of soldiers, accompanied
-by one of the priests, entered the labyrinth of
-galleries that undermined the holy edifice to start the
-smudges. Then, without referring to his experience,
-the Inca calmly seated himself on the throne and proceeded
-with the business for which the assembly had
-been called. As king he owed explanations to no man;
-and, besides, he was in no humor to recall or to make
-known to others the humiliation he had suffered.
-However, his scathing remarks to the unfortunate ones
-who were called before him gave evidence to his state
-of mind; the rage that boiled within him found an
-outlet and an antidote in the denunciations and sentences
-he hurled at those of his nobles who had been
-chosen to forfeit their lives for no other reason than
-that it pleased him that it should be so.</p>
-
-<p>This gruesome work finished, the high priest followed
-the soldiers into the temple and soon returned with
-the captives. For Quizquiz that was the supreme
-moment.</p>
-
-<p>“I am the most luckless of kings,” he began, feigning
-deep sorrow and unclasping his hands in despair,
-“for when it is my pleasure to call upon the members
-of my court for advice or assistance, even the highest<span class="pagenum" id="Page_130">[130]</span>
-fail me miserably. What have I done to deserve such
-punishment? Slaves all, you do not deserve to have
-a king to rule and to protect you; better by far that I
-return to the glory of the Sun, whence I came, and
-leave you to perish miserably without my wise guidance
-than remain among you. Is there not a single
-man of intelligence in my whole nation?”</p>
-
-<p>This was no doubt the cue for the high priest. It
-was inconceivable that the plan had not been prearranged,
-and judging by the looks of several in the
-crowd, Ted and Stanley were not the only ones to
-see through the wily monarch’s tactics.</p>
-
-<p>Villac Umu came forward and bowed low, too low
-in fact for entire sincerity. “Beloved ruler,” he
-smirked, “do not desert us; tarry a moment longer,
-I beseech you on bended knees. If you will lend your
-most gracious ears to my unworthy words, I——”</p>
-
-<p>“By all means, good Villac Umu,” Quizquiz said
-indulgently. “After listening to the jabbering of these
-ignoble ones my ears long for words of real wisdom,
-such as always flow from your lips.”</p>
-
-<p>“I, Villac Umu, high priest of the Temple of the
-Sun though I am, do not deserve the praise of my
-adored sovereign. What man, indeed, lives who is
-worthy of even one glance from those august eyes, or
-one thought from that godlike mind?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_131">[131]</span>“True! But I would have it so. So do not hesitate
-to speak freely; that is my pleasure.”</p>
-
-<p>“In the Temple of the Snakes there are two serpents
-of immense size, with unusual length of fangs,
-and with the dispositions of all the demons combined.
-As I studied them in their golden dens, a thought
-came to me.”</p>
-
-<p>Quizquiz leaned forward eagerly.</p>
-
-<p>“You interest me, great Villac. I would hear the
-thought that formed itself in your brain.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yesterday, Sarrak, keeper of the serpents, was
-struck in the thigh by one of these devils. They
-brought him to me without delay that I might observe
-his writhings, for it was I who ordered him to stroke
-the snake-gods to soothe their tempers. For half an
-hour he suffered all the pains of a lost soul before death
-came. I saw it with my own eyes, and I heard his
-cries of agony; it thrilled me with a strange joy, for
-nothing that I have ever experienced was more magnificent
-and at the same time more terrible. Might
-we not rid the valley of these two,” pointing to Ted
-and Stanley, “in the same manner?”</p>
-
-<p>“You possess the wisdom of a god, Villac Umu.
-You are sublime! I am more pleased than words can
-express. You may kiss both my feet, nay, even my
-hands, and I will invest you with a chain of emeralds<span class="pagenum" id="Page_132">[132]</span>
-in appreciation of your nobleness of character. You
-will see that I amply reward those who prove themselves
-worthy of my confidence.”</p>
-
-<p>The high priest was enraptured. He raised his
-voice to a scream and waved his arms wildly, so that
-his numerous bracelets tinkled like miniature bells.</p>
-
-<p>“But they shall not die the easy death of Sarrak,”
-he shouted. “Horrible though that was, it is still
-too good for them, and not edifying enough for your
-eyes. So I would have it arranged thus. Chain the
-two prisoners to a wall, their backs to the cold stones;
-and to stakes driven into the ground in front of them
-tie the great serpents—but just a hair’s breadth out of
-reach of their victims. There let them remain, the
-men to gaze in terror into the green eyes of the
-merciless monsters, and the snakes to glare with impatience
-and increasing rage at the victims who cannot
-escape them. Hour after hour you shall witness this
-glorious spectacle. The heat of the midday sun and
-hunger and thirst will add to the suffering of the captives.
-But human nature can endure only so much,
-and then at last their limbs will grow numb and sag,
-and they will crumple and fall to the ground. The
-great moment will have arrived; they will be in reach
-of the snakes. You shall see the gleam of white fangs
-and the lightning thrusts of arrow-shaped heads, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_133">[133]</span>
-hear the cries of the doomed ones. It will be a sight
-for the gods, and—your revenge will be complete.”</p>
-
-<p>“But, good Villac,” Quizquiz protested mildly and
-hypocritically, “is the venom of these serpents really
-so deadly? May not the white men possess some
-antidote or some magic charm to counteract its effect?”</p>
-
-<p>“There is no antidote known to god or man effective
-against the poison of these snakes. Upon that
-point I will stake my life.”</p>
-
-<p>“Now only does my mind feel relieved, and I shall
-sleep again, for at last I have heard words of real
-wisdom. Your description, dear Villac Umu, has
-aroused my interest and curiosity; I can picture the
-grandeur of the spectacle—it unfolds itself like a vision
-before my eyes. And the plan shall be carried into
-execution with the least possible delay. To-morrow
-we begin the return journey to the plain beside the
-river. I shall allow two days after our arrival for the
-preparations. On the following morning the festivities
-shall begin. Look well to the prisoners—the
-eleven who condemned themselves by their own stupidity,
-and these two enemies of the common good,
-who stop at nothing to attain their evil end, not even
-at invading the temple and scoffing at the Sun-God.”</p>
-
-<p>“Quizquiz”—Stanley took a step forward, with
-clinched fists and blanched face—“King though you<span class="pagenum" id="Page_134">[134]</span>
-are of a nation of ignorant, cringing people, you are a
-coward at heart, and you know it. What is more important
-still, your subjects know it too, and the day
-is coming when your tyranny and abuse will bring
-them to their senses. They will cast off their superstitious
-reverence for you, for they will see in you the
-weakling you are, dominated by a cunning hypocrite
-who calls himself high priest, but who is, in reality,
-lower than the snakes in the temple.”</p>
-
-<p>“Speech shall not be denied you,” the Inca mocked.
-“The more you talk the surer I am that your anguish
-has commenced. What next?”</p>
-
-<p>“Do you not fear our friends in the outer world,
-whose number is greater than the grains of sand in
-the desert? They will avenge our death. You and
-your people will be reduced to slavery and destroyed!”</p>
-
-<p>“Should other men from the outer world invade
-my kingdom they shall receive the same welcome that
-has been prepared for you. But they will not come.
-Your greed for gold is so great that you kept to yourselves
-the knowledge gained during your previous
-visit here; if others were informed of your secret they
-too would come to share the spoils; so you have told
-no one. I know that.”</p>
-
-<p>“Our promise to Huayna Capac has been kept, for
-we are men of honor. But a letter has been left behind.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_135">[135]</span>
-If we fail to return within a given time, that
-letter will be opened. Others will learn of our whereabouts,
-and how to get here, for we included a map
-and full directions for reaching the valley. Your existence
-will be known. Men in great numbers will
-enter your hiding-place armed with contrivances
-against which you will be powerless. They will annihilate
-you, carry away everything of value, and leave
-your cities masses of deserted ruins.”</p>
-
-<p>“You cannot frighten me. The Sun-God will protect
-his children. He demands vengeance upon you
-particularly because you profaned his temple; he never
-forgets. Perhaps you too have a god? Why not
-appeal to him? Of what use is any god if he will
-not help you?”</p>
-
-<p>At this sally Quizquiz and Villac Umu burst into
-loud laughter. Several in the crowd followed their
-example.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes,” the high priest seconded, “call upon your
-god. Tell him to show us what he can do; we shall
-see who is the more powerful, yours or our own.”</p>
-
-<p>“The sun is not a god at all, if you want to know
-the truth,” Stanley hotly proclaimed. “You might
-as well worship a stick or a stone for all the good it
-would do you. Therefore we could not have possibly
-offended that which does not exist.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_136">[136]</span>“Blasphemer! When your backs are chained to the
-cold stones, when the snakes have struck and the
-poison from their fangs is burning in your veins, you
-will think of your words and wish you had left them
-unsaid,” Quizquiz hissed. “We have proof of the
-sun’s power. We are not blind. Each day as the
-florid tints of dawn light up the eastern sky we are
-reminded anew of his glory and greatness. Without
-his light and warmth the valley would be steeped in
-everlasting gloom, and life could not exist. What
-other evidence do we need? None! Now, perhaps
-you can give some proof of the——”</p>
-
-<p>“You ask for proof? All right, you shall have it,
-and of a most convincing nature. You shall see that
-the object of your adoration is as nothing in the hand
-that created it. Then you will believe—but it will be
-too late.”</p>
-
-<p>“Does the king wish him to speak more in this irreverent
-manner?” Villac Umu asked, seeming ill at
-ease. “May not he be struck dead and thus evade
-our plans of a just punishment?”</p>
-
-<p>“Let him continue, for his show of suffering
-gives me delight. The more he talks the greater his
-guilt.”</p>
-
-<p>“On the fourth day from to-day,” said Stanley,
-drawing from his pocket the string with many knots<span class="pagenum" id="Page_137">[137]</span>
-tied in it, “you shall see a miracle, and one not soon
-to be forgotten. You say that the sun gives the light
-and warmth that makes life possible, and even the
-most ignorant of your people know that that is the
-truth. Then you shall experience the despair of seeing
-that light and warmth shut off in the middle of the
-day while it is at its height. Darkness, like a cloak
-of mourning, will sweep over the valley and blot from
-your sight each familiar thing. In the cold blackness,
-with the chill gnawing into your bones, you will
-grovel in the dust and raise your voice in lamentations
-and in prayer, but your words will be wasted, for you
-will be powerless to drive away the darkness. All that
-live will curse Quizquiz and Villac Umu, and rightly
-accuse them of having brought the terrible catastrophe
-upon their heads.”</p>
-
-<p>The Inca grew pale and arose from his cushions.
-“Tell me, Villac Umu, is such a thing possible? You
-talk with the gods and know their thoughts.”</p>
-
-<p>“It is not possible or I should have been informed
-of it,” the priest assured him, although he too was
-perturbed. “How could such a thing come about?
-I assure you there is no god but the sun, and he always
-protects his child, the Inca, and his people.”</p>
-
-<p>Evidently Stanley was thinking fast, while Ted,
-dazed at his companion’s rash predictions, gazed at<span class="pagenum" id="Page_138">[138]</span>
-him wide-eyed, not knowing what to make of the
-situation.</p>
-
-<p>“And then,” Stanley continued, pointing straight
-at the Inca, “while the darkness is heaviest, you shall
-have proof of other strange powers of which you know
-nothing, for in spite of your good opinion of yourself,
-you have the mind of a child. From out of the blackness
-will come a roar mightier than the loudest thunder,
-and more penetrating than the rumble of the
-volcanoes all around you. The ground under your
-feet will tremble, and even the stones in the great wall
-will hurl themselves into the air and fall with a crash.
-The barrier between Uti and the valley that has stood
-for hundreds of years shall no longer exist; and that
-will serve as an invitation to the evil spirits who slumber
-there to come back to life to complete the work
-of destruction. Quizquiz, the days of your glory are
-no more than the number of fingers on one of your
-hands.”</p>
-
-<p>“I will listen to no more,” Quizquiz screamed, clapping
-his hands over his ears. “I should not have
-listened to anything at all.”</p>
-
-<p>“Nor I,” wailed Villac Umu. “Take them away.
-To-morrow we start on the journey. The sentence
-must be carried out. Let there be no delay!”</p>
-
-<p>“Poor Stanley,” Ted thought sadly as the guards<span class="pagenum" id="Page_139">[139]</span>
-seized them and hurried them away to the place
-of confinement, “his mind has snapped. He is
-as crazy as a loon. I wonder how much longer I can
-stand it.”</p>
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_140">[140]</span>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XIII<br>
-
-<small>STANLEY’S PLAN</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Stanley</span> could hardly await the time when he could
-reveal his scheme to Ted. The opportunity came as
-they were being led away from the meeting by the
-guards.</p>
-
-<p>“What do you think of it? Maybe I didn’t start
-something. They are all excited and scared to death,
-and will be more so, too, before the thing is over.
-Why don’t you say something? I need a lot of encouragement
-to put the thing through. You will
-have to help me,” he exclaimed enthusiastically.</p>
-
-<p>“I am sorry,” Ted returned sadly. “Try to keep
-as calm as you can and do not think of the future.
-It will be over soon.”</p>
-
-<p>“Not think of it? Why, I can think of nothing
-else. It will be great. Quizquiz will get the surprise
-of his life, and his people will wake up with a start.
-There will be no stopping them when they see what
-happens.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, and think of how <i>we</i> will feel about that
-time,” Ted thought, but said nothing.</p>
-
-<p>“What is the matter, anyway?” Stanley demanded,
-losing patience. “Do you think I am joking?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_141">[141]</span>“Joking, no! There is nothing humorous in our
-situation. If you want to know the truth, it strikes
-me you are just a little upset, that is all. But no one
-could blame you for that. This whole thing is enough
-to——”</p>
-
-<p>“I thought so from the way you acted, and I was
-beginning to wonder if you were not showing the
-effects of it too. I was never more in earnest nor
-saner in my life. Just fix that firmly in your
-head.”</p>
-
-<p>“You think we have a chance?”</p>
-
-<p>“I am making one. And I would be absolutely sure
-of the result if it were not for two things. First, we
-must get Soncco to help us; I believe he will because
-we saved his neck, and he does not relish the job that
-has been assigned to him—that of chief executioner
-of his fellow teachers. Second, my calculations as to
-the day of the month must be correct; on that point
-I am not quite sure, but I feel that I am right. I was
-careful to tie a knot in the string each morning so far
-as I can remember. But it is possible that I may
-have forgotten it once, and that would throw off all
-my calculations.”</p>
-
-<p>“But what is your scheme? The predictions you
-made are so wild and impossible it would take a
-miracle to fulfil them.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_142">[142]</span>“Nothing of the kind. It can and it will all happen
-exactly as I said. It sounds impossible so long only
-as they are ignorant of the things that could cause
-such happenings.”</p>
-
-<p>By this time they had reached the building in which
-they were to be confined for the night.</p>
-
-<p>“I will tell you the rest when they leave us alone,”
-Stanley added. “It will take some time to explain
-the plan fully.”</p>
-
-<p>Much to their disgust they found that they were not
-to be imprisoned in the same enclosure. Ted, with a
-score of guards, was left in one small, dungeon-like
-room, while Stanley was taken to another on the opposite
-part of a courtyard. The officers obviously suspected
-that another plot to escape might be formed
-if the two were left together. Henceforth they would
-forestall such a move by keeping them apart, or at
-least so it seemed to the captives. That was indeed
-discouraging, for Stanley could not possibly carry out
-his plan without Ted’s help.</p>
-
-<p>The distance between the two prison cells was too
-great to enable them to carry on a conversation even
-by shouting, so they tried wigwagging signals across
-the open space. But the guards immediately understood
-their design, and drew rush mats across the
-doorways.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_143">[143]</span>On the return journey to the plain, however,
-they were again thrown together, much to their
-delight.</p>
-
-<p>“Tell me quick, before they separate us,” Ted
-begged. “I couldn’t sleep a wink last night for
-thinking over what you said; but I can’t figure it
-out.”</p>
-
-<p>“Listen! Do you remember that before we left
-home the papers were full of stories about the eclipse
-of the sun that is to occur this month?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, I remember that. We talked about it at the
-time. But it was to be partial only.”</p>
-
-<p>“Partial at home, but complete in parts of South
-America. It depends on where you are looking from.
-The black bands on the maps illustrating the articles
-extended right across this part of Peru. So you see
-what is going to happen, and that I haven’t exaggerated.”</p>
-
-<p>“I have to hand it to you, Stanley, for remembering
-the event, and making such good use of it. It will
-seem like the most powerful kind of magic to these
-Indians, and will terrify them. They will think we
-are responsible for it and will respect us after that.
-Then it will be our turn to have the upper hand.”</p>
-
-<p>“The only thing that worries me,” said Stanley
-with concern, “is that I may have made a mistake<span class="pagenum" id="Page_144">[144]</span>
-in keeping track of the time. If I am off one single
-day, the eclipse might as well never come, so far as
-we care.”</p>
-
-<p>“Do you feel that you have made a mistake, or
-not?” Ted asked bluntly.</p>
-
-<p>One look into the serious, apprehensive face of his
-companion and Stanley felt that he could not dash all
-his hopes to the ground by telling him of the fear that
-had gradually loomed up to dispel the hopes of the
-previous day. For the more he thought of the matter
-the more certain he was that not only had he tied
-too few knots in the string, but that the eclipse was
-not due until the following month.</p>
-
-<p>“You shall see,” he said evasively. “Look, here
-comes Soncco now. He looks troubled. We must
-have an interview with him where none can hear.
-That is the first step, and it has got to be arranged
-somehow.”</p>
-
-<p>As a matter of fact, Soncco was looking for them.
-He was the picture of misery; years had been added
-to his age overnight.</p>
-
-<p>“The king did not see fit to accept my suggestion,”
-he said slowly. “I have escaped death only to be
-condemned to a worse fate.”</p>
-
-<p>“It looks bad for all of us,” Ted returned.</p>
-
-<p>“I did all I could,” the aged amauta whispered.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_145">[145]</span>
-“Alas! that I should live to see such days. By the
-king’s command I am forced to become a killer—of my
-own relatives and fellow teachers. I can neither eat,
-drink, nor sleep. Still, the will of my sovereign must
-be obeyed.”</p>
-
-<p>“Soncco, you have charge of the prisoners. Is not
-that true?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes; I am the jailer.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then arrange that my companion and I remain
-together hereafter. You can do that.”</p>
-
-<p>“I can do that, but I will not. You would think up
-another plan for escaping; but you might as well save
-yourselves the trouble.”</p>
-
-<p>“On our honor, we shall not attempt to escape,
-and you know we are men of our word. One more
-thing: come to our place of confinement to-night. We
-have something of great interest to say to you.”</p>
-
-<p>“Say it now. Why wait until to-night?”</p>
-
-<p>“There is not time. Besides, we are being watched.
-Come to-night just after dark, and you will learn something
-worth your while.”</p>
-
-<p>“It shall be as you say. But remember, the guard
-will be tripled—so as to form a solid wall around you.
-Attempt no treachery or you will regret it.”</p>
-
-<p>With that the amauta went his way.</p>
-
-<p>“Do you think he will come?” Ted asked.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_146">[146]</span>“I hope so. We helped him out once and he believes
-we may do it again,” Stanley replied.</p>
-
-<p>Soncco kept his promise and arrived shortly after
-nightfall had come upon the valley. His face bore a
-tragic expression and his voice trembled. They had
-never seen him so agitated.</p>
-
-<p>“Speak quickly, for I have not long to stay,” he
-faltered. “There are many things on my mind.”</p>
-
-<p>“Soncco,” said Stanley slowly, looking straight at
-the aged man, “the task for which you have been
-selected does not suit you. I can tell that by your
-appearance and your actions. You are worried to
-death.”</p>
-
-<p>“But I will obey the Inca’s command.”</p>
-
-<p>“You do not want to kill your own relatives and
-friends, do you?”</p>
-
-<p>“The king’s commands must not be questioned.”</p>
-
-<p>“Of course not. And we are not asking you to
-disobey your king in even the smallest matter. But
-you will admit that Quizquiz is not the kind of king
-his father was. He is cruel and bloodthirsty. You
-know the history of the nation back to its very beginning.
-Was there ever another such ruler—one
-who wantonly destroyed his highest nobles as well
-as his common people for the mere pleasure it gave
-him?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_147">[147]</span>“No, there was not. The Incas were all filled with
-solicitude for their subjects. They were all kind and
-benevolent and just; that is why they were so great
-and why the people venerated them.”</p>
-
-<p>“I thought so. And if Quizquiz keeps on at the
-rate he is going, he will break down and destroy all
-that the others before him have built up at such
-enormous cost and sacrifice. And that will mean the
-end of the hidden people, the last remnant of the once
-powerful and glorious nation. Those who survive will
-be like your brethren in the outer world, downtrodden,
-miserable, and without hope.”</p>
-
-<p>“Quizquiz is young, and he is under the spell of an
-evil influence.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, Villac Umu. We must get rid of him by all
-means. And we must save the nation. We want
-you to help us help you to do these things.”</p>
-
-<p>“I will not be a traitor to the Child of the Sun; I
-will not even consider such a thing.”</p>
-
-<p>“No one is asking you to do that. In helping us
-you will be doing a favor to all the people. This may
-sound strange to you, and we do not expect you to
-understand because you are accustomed to look at
-things differently than we do. But we simply want
-to prove to you the thing you refuse to admit—that
-the Child of the Sun is very human; that he makes<span class="pagenum" id="Page_148">[148]</span>
-mistakes and can be good or wicked like any one else;
-and that he must be taught a lesson that will bring
-him to his senses. Even your Sun-God is subject to
-a higher power. Do not take my word for it. You
-shall have the proof. Wait and see.”</p>
-
-<p>Soncco was in despair. An expression of helplessness
-spread over his face.</p>
-
-<p>“The person of the Inca always has been considered
-holy, and it cannot be violated now,” he wailed. “I
-ought not to listen to your words, for they are blasphemy.
-I should not have come here at all. And
-I should not have stayed on and on after I got here,
-were it not for one fact——”</p>
-
-<p>“That you know I am speaking the truth,” Stanley
-interrupted. “The truth is painful as often as not,
-but it is best to listen while there is time. If you
-delay you will be lost.”</p>
-
-<p>Soncco was showing signs of weakening.</p>
-
-<p>“The people are grumbling,” he admitted reluctantly.
-“If the oppression and tyranny continue,
-there will be an uprising—the first in the history of the
-nation. We have suffered misfortune enough already
-without having a new calamity thrust upon us.”</p>
-
-<p>“Now you are talking sensibly. We are offering
-you the opportunity to prevent all this trouble and
-bloodshed you justly despise. Will you take advantage
-of it? Will you trust us and let us help you?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_149">[149]</span>“How can I accomplish the impossible? What
-can I do? I am old and my power has been taken
-from me. Indeed, I am now no more than an executioner,
-hated by all men.”</p>
-
-<p>“You can do more than you think possible. Are
-you acquainted with the country beyond the wall—I
-mean Uti?”</p>
-
-<p>“Uti, yes. Only sixteen changes of the moon ago
-I accompanied an exploring party there much against
-my will. It is a terrible place with death staring one
-in the face at every step.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then you know the caves in the mountain-sides?”</p>
-
-<p>“Each one of them. We searched them all. It
-was like a hideous nightmare. In some were the remains
-of men, rows upon rows of them. In others we
-found the bones of monstrous beasts or demons that
-invaded the valley many years ago and killed the
-people by hundreds. It was to keep them out of the
-valley that the wall was built.”</p>
-
-<p>“Good! You know the place well. Now listen
-carefully.”</p>
-
-<p>Stanley then minutely described the cave where the
-dynamite had been hidden when they had first landed,
-several weeks before, and after they had discovered
-that the gold had been removed from the cave in which
-it had been hidden.</p>
-
-<p>“Bring those boxes to me,” Stanley concluded.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_150">[150]</span>
-“That is all for the present. No one will suspect anything.
-As master of ceremonies you have a perfect
-right to come and go as you please, and make any
-preparations you like.”</p>
-
-<p>It took a good deal of persuasion, but Soncco finally
-consented to make the trip to Uti for the boxes. He
-had reached the point where he would do almost
-anything rather than carry out his part of the fiendish
-plot set for two days hence.</p>
-
-<p>“I will do this one thing,” he said, “but no other;
-so spare yourselves the trouble of making any more
-requests.”</p>
-
-<p>“Now do you see daylight?” Stanley asked when
-the aged amauta had gone.</p>
-
-<p>“No!” Ted was bewildered. “I haven’t brains
-enough to go around.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, then, do as I am doing. Trust to luck.”</p>
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_151">[151]</span>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XIV<br>
-
-<small>SONCCO’S AID TO THE PLOTTERS</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Soncco</span>, accompanied by two soldiers carrying the
-heavy boxes, returned as the first shafts of coming
-daylight penetrated the wreath of vapor that clung
-to the peaks standing like black monoliths between
-the Hidden Valley and the steaming forests of the
-Upper Amazon. The party looked tired and worn
-from the strenuous labor of the night.</p>
-
-<p>The men threw down their burdens none too gently
-and departed. Stanley noticed that one of the boxes
-had been opened, and the aged amauta, reading the
-trend of his thoughts, hastened to explain.</p>
-
-<p>“I could not bring the parcels without knowing
-what was in them,” he said; “they might have contained
-some contrivance dangerous to the Inca or to
-the people, or that would help you to escape. I am
-responsible for your safe-keeping. But I found only
-sticks of sweet, harmless earth. There can be nothing
-wrong in letting you have them, so I had them
-brought to you. I tasted one of them; how it did
-make my head ache!”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_152">[152]</span>“You are lucky to have your head on your shoulders,”
-thought Stanley, “handling and eating that
-dynamite as if it were candy.” Then aloud: “Thank
-you, Soncco, for bringing it. You shall be well rewarded
-for your trouble. Now you must continue
-to do as we say.”</p>
-
-<p>“No! I will do nothing more. My conscience
-troubles me already. I may have done too much.
-And, besides, the things you ask me to do are too hard.
-The tunnel under the wall was blocked with stones;
-we had to remove them, and there were many; then
-hunt for the cave in the darkness. Uti is a terrible
-place even when the sun shines. What then is it at
-night? The bats were chirping and fluttering about
-our heads, and we had to drive them away to keep
-from being attacked; and one of the men bumped
-into a wasp’s nest, so that we were all stung. After
-we finally found the boxes they had to be dragged
-back to the wall and through the passage, and then
-there were all the stones to put into place again.
-The men grumbled at the work, and I, Soncco, old
-though I am, had to help them.”</p>
-
-<p>“I am sorry we had to put you to all that trouble;
-but remember, we are helping you more than any one
-else. Do you want to take the lives of your relatives
-and friends?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_153">[153]</span>“No! You know that. My heart is heavy that
-this duty has fallen upon me.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then do as I say and you will be relieved of that
-duty.”</p>
-
-<p>“But the Inca’s command must be obeyed.”</p>
-
-<p>“Of course. We have given you our word before
-this that his wishes shall be carried out. In other
-words, you will do exactly as he directs. Go ahead
-with all the preparations; do as you were told. It is
-Quizquiz who will change his mind at the proper
-time. And, remember, you shall be well paid.”</p>
-
-<p>“Who will reward me?”</p>
-
-<p>“The king. Be patient. You shall see in a few
-days.”</p>
-
-<p>“My head is dizzy. I cannot think clearly. But
-no matter what happens I can be no worse off than I
-am. I curse the day that Villac Umu obtained his
-evil power over Quizquiz,” Soncco murmured.</p>
-
-<p>“Come back at nightfall, then,” Stanley continued.
-“We want you to take these boxes away again. Bring
-only one man with you this time—some one you can
-trust absolutely. If he is deaf, dumb, and blind, it
-will be all the better.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, yes; I will be here. You have me completely
-in your power. And may all the devils of Uti torture
-you if you betray me.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_154">[154]</span>“Do not worry. You will soon find out that we
-have told you nothing but the truth. Then you will
-be thankful to us.”</p>
-
-<p>“I will keep my word,” Soncco said, “and at the
-same time I will make provisions against trickery.
-Do not forget that.”</p>
-
-<p>When the old amauta had gone the two opened
-the boxes and took out the fuse and primers; then
-they began to prepare the charge. They fastened one
-of the long, copper caps to one end of the fuse and
-then inserted it in a stick of dynamite, carefully folding
-back the paper wrapper over the end and tying it
-in place with a strip of cloth torn from their clothing.
-As they worked Stanley explained his scheme to Ted.
-The latter fell in with it immediately, and to all outward
-appearances both were cheerful and entirely confident
-over the outcome of the plan.</p>
-
-<p>“I am going to ask you just one more time,” Ted
-said suddenly after a short pause, and with a trace
-of anxiety in his voice. “Are you sure about the date
-of the eclipse? And are you certain you made no
-mistake in keeping track of the time—the knots in
-the string, I mean?”</p>
-
-<p>“Wait and you shall see,” was all Stanley could
-say. Of course he knew that everything depended
-on these two things, and several times he was on the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_155">[155]</span>
-verge of confessing to Ted his uncertainty as to both
-the date and the number of knots. But why should
-he add to the burden of worry of his companion? If
-he were mistaken, they would meet the end like men,
-fighting to the last gasp. If he were right, they would
-be freed, no doubt. Better look at the bright side,
-anyway, and make their last days as cheerful as possible.
-They could do no more than had been done,
-and in the meantime they were constantly on the
-alert for any eventuality that might present itself.</p>
-
-<p>Food of excellent quality and in abundance was
-brought the two by the guards. Soncco was responsible
-for that, they felt sure. They were also permitted
-to walk around the outside of their tent. A
-double row of soldiers, well armed, formed a compact
-circle around them, and not more than twenty paces
-away. They watched every movement of the prisoners
-and held their spears ready for instant action.</p>
-
-<p>As they strolled about they could not help but see
-that preparations for the awful event had begun on
-all sides of them. They had frequent glimpses of
-Soncco hobbling from one group of workers to another,
-giving sharp orders, reprimanding, and directing their
-labors in general.</p>
-
-<p>Here, a furnace was being built in which to heat
-the spear with which to blind Toparca. The workers<span class="pagenum" id="Page_156">[156]</span>
-had piled up two rows of stones and were covering
-them with mud. After that other stones were placed
-across the top and plastered down with more mud so
-that no heat could escape from the interior of the
-oven-like structure.</p>
-
-<p>A short distance away was the enormous earthenware
-caldron; menials in a steady stream were bringing
-oil in small vessels and pouring it into the huge
-container. Ted and Stanley did not envy Huascar
-the fate that awaited him.</p>
-
-<p>The stones that were intended for Tupichi lay in a
-neat heap. They were the size of apples, and were
-round and smooth, having been gathered from the
-river-bed.</p>
-
-<p>Then their eyes met another sight that made them
-shudder. On the far end of an open, arena-like plot
-masons were constructing a short wall. The stones
-were being dragged to the spot by long lines of men.
-As the work progressed, earth was banked up against
-the structure and tamped down to form an inclined
-plane up which other stones could be hauled into position
-on top of the last layer of the wall. The ingenuity
-displayed would have been interesting to the Americans
-had they not known the sinister meaning of the work.
-It was against this wall that they were to be chained,
-with the deadly snakes at their feet. Copper rings<span class="pagenum" id="Page_157">[157]</span>
-on long spikes had been incorporated in the wall between
-the stones to receive the chains that would hold
-them in their helpless, hopeless position.</p>
-
-<p>After surveying the various activities for a short
-time they went back into their prison tent.</p>
-
-<p>“One of us will have to accompany Soncco to-night,”
-Stanley announced when they were inside, “to see
-that the dynamite is placed where it will do the most
-damage.”</p>
-
-<p>“I will go,” Ted volunteered, “but I doubt if I can
-get past the guards, even in the company of Soncco.
-The soldiers get their orders higher up.”</p>
-
-<p>“That is why I asked him to bring along some one
-he trusts absolutely. That one must change clothes
-with one of us and remain here while the work is
-being done. Perhaps I had better go.”</p>
-
-<p>“It isn’t fair to let you face all the danger.”</p>
-
-<p>“There is no danger, but even if there were, it
-would be up to me because I started the thing, and I
-shall have to see it through. You entertain the substitute
-while I am away.”</p>
-
-<p>“It is all a capital idea. How easy everything is
-when you know just how to do it! You are a better
-general than Pizarro. He killed the Inca and caused
-the death of millions of the people. You will bring
-the whole nation to its knees through strategy, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_158">[158]</span>
-they will respect you instead of hating you as they
-did the Spaniard.”</p>
-
-<p>“Never mind that kind of talk. We haven’t done
-a thing yet.”</p>
-
-<p>“But we shall, to-morrow,” Ted said confidently.</p>
-
-<p>Stanley suppressed a sigh and turned away.</p>
-
-<p>Soncco arrived in due time.</p>
-
-<p>“You see, I have kept my promise,” he said without
-enthusiasm. “And I have brought a man who can
-neither hear, see, nor speak.”</p>
-
-<p>“You are a wonder, Soncco,” Stanley returned gleefully.
-Then he told him what was expected of him.</p>
-
-<p>At first the aged teacher was absolutely set against
-allowing Stanley to accompany him after exchanging
-clothes with the man he had brought. He was certain
-that it must be part of a plot to escape, the far-reaching
-branches of which he could not foresee.</p>
-
-<p>“But,” they argued, “what good would it do one
-of them to get away while the other remained a prisoner
-in the valley? Could he not quickly take revenge
-on the hostage who was left to his mercy? From
-what he had seen of them, did it seem possible that
-one of them would desert the other in such a position?”</p>
-
-<p>Soncco finally was forced to bow to the strength of
-their arguments. But only the firm conviction that<span class="pagenum" id="Page_159">[159]</span>
-his lot was already so luckless that it could not possibly
-be worse, no matter what happened, and that the
-growing unrest among the people was spreading to
-the proportions where it was a menace to the existence
-of the race induced him to lend his aid in a
-scheme he could not comprehend.</p>
-
-<p>Therefore the two, carrying the heavy boxes of explosive,
-left the tent at a moment when clouds obscured
-the moon, Soncco taking the lead, Stanley, fully
-disguised in the borrowed clothes, following at his
-heels. Before long the latter realized how futile it
-would have been for them to attempt to leave the
-place of confinement unaided by some one in full
-authority. They passed through no fewer than five
-lines of sentries. To each of the five challenges
-Soncco replied with a different password, and in addition
-there was also a short ceremony to be gone through
-with each time they were halted. Thus, at the first
-challenge of “Who lives?” Soncco replied with “Quizquiz,
-the great and glorious king,” and, stooping,
-picked up a handful of earth which he threw over his
-left shoulder. At the second station he answered,
-“Quizquiz, greatest of all the great kings,” and beat
-his breast three times with his free hand; and so on
-until all the guard-lines had been passed.</p>
-
-<p>It was with a feeling of relief that Stanley finally<span class="pagenum" id="Page_160">[160]</span>
-found himself in the open country beyond the encampment.
-He offered to carry Soncco’s burden in addition
-to his own, for the old man was lacking in strength;
-but the amauta insisted on retaining possession of the
-package, adding in a whisper: “Now you walk in front
-of me, and at the first sign of treachery I will kill
-you; I have a poisoned dagger in my hand.”</p>
-
-<p>“Do not be foolish,” Stanley responded, losing
-patience. “I would not leave this place now if you
-asked me to. I want to stay to see all of you get
-what’s coming to you.”</p>
-
-<p>Before long they reached the foot of the great wall,
-looming black and awe-inspiring high into the cloud-checkered
-sky. They followed along the base, their
-elbows almost touching the cool, moss-covered stones,
-until they reached the point where the gigantic structure
-joined the abrupt face of the mountain. It was
-here that the passage into Uti had been dug under the
-foundation; the existence of this opening saved them
-the labor of making another in which to place the
-explosive.</p>
-
-<p>“We need go no farther,” Stanley announced, carefully
-depositing his pack on the ground and relieving
-the aged man of his.</p>
-
-<p>“I am glad of that; my limbs are weary, for I am no
-longer young.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_161">[161]</span>“Then rest while I work. Sit right beside me if
-you wish, so you can see everything I do.”</p>
-
-<p>“I will tie this thong to your foot, and fasten the
-other end to my own feet.”</p>
-
-<p>Stanley was on the point of making a wrathy reply
-when the humor of the situation struck him. Soncco,
-in spite of his shrewdness, was childish in many ways.
-With the thong tied to his feet and the other end in
-Stanley’s possession, it would have been an easy
-matter to upset the old man and then pounce upon
-him. But of course he did not intend to do anything
-of the kind. With a smile he submitted to his companion’s
-whim. Then he fell to work in earnest,
-carefully following the plan formulated by Ted and
-himself after much discussion.</p>
-
-<p>The passage under the wall had been left partly open
-by Soncco when he brought back the boxes of dynamite
-from the other side. Therefore Stanley had to close
-it again. He began by rolling stones into the tunnel
-and pushed them to the far end, packing in the open
-spaces between them with earth. When half of it
-had been filled he carefully planted the explosive, placing
-the fuse so that it led out where Soncco was sitting.
-Then he shut up the remaining portion of the
-passage with earth and the largest stones he could
-handle.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_162">[162]</span>This took several hours of the hardest kind of work.
-Stanley was nearly exhausted when the task was completed.</p>
-
-<p>“Now listen,” he said, seating himself by the side
-of his guard. “If you fail us in this one detail, everything
-will be lost.”</p>
-
-<p>“I am willing to hear. Speak!”</p>
-
-<p>“Here is a white cord,” Stanley explained, placing
-the end of the fuse in Soncco’s hands. “I will leave
-it here in plain view. To-morrow you must have a
-trusted guard stand on this spot beginning with the
-rising of the sun. He must not go away from this
-place for an instant, understand, for it all depends
-upon his faithful performance of the duty you will
-impose upon him.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is that duty?”</p>
-
-<p>“When the light of your god, the sun, is suddenly
-blotted out, as it were, by a hand to hide his face in
-shame over the actions of his child Quizquiz, and of
-all the rest of you, too, who meekly permit him to do
-such fiendish things; when the blackness of night has
-enveloped the valley, although it is only noon; when
-the bats leave their caves, and the beasts of prey
-come out of their dens to kill their defenseless victims,
-thinking the day is over—that will be the time for
-him to act. Fire must be applied to the end of this<span class="pagenum" id="Page_163">[163]</span>
-cord. It will begin to burn and sputter, and later
-will send out a message that will be heard throughout
-the valley, and even far beyond. But I must caution
-you of this: when the cord begins to give off its first
-crackling sparks, let the man who lighted it flee from
-the spot. His work here will be finished, so he must
-hurry back to the encampment, and not stop running
-until he reaches it.”</p>
-
-<p>Soncco appeared greatly impressed.</p>
-
-<p>“The message that will be conveyed by the cord,”
-he asked in an awed whisper, “will it reach the sun?”</p>
-
-<p>“Who knows? It may reach farther than the
-sun.”</p>
-
-<p>“And will it cause the bright light and warmth to
-come back to us again?”</p>
-
-<p>“If the sunlight should be withheld from the earth
-all life would soon come to an end. Nothing could
-live in the cold and everlasting darkness.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh! Such a calamity must not befall us.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then follow my instructions to the letter. Will
-you?”</p>
-
-<p>“I swear it. My own beloved brother, whom I
-trust in all things, shall be assigned to this mission.
-His faithfulness cannot be questioned.”</p>
-
-<p>“Good. Now we might as well start back. My
-companion is waiting, and we must get past the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_164">[164]</span>
-guards before daylight comes or they would recognize
-me.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, and that would spoil everything. I can
-hardly wait to see if you are really such wonderful
-magicians, or if you have been deceiving me.”</p>
-
-<p>“Soncco,” Stanley said with a note of pleading in
-his voice, “do everything exactly as Quizquiz has
-commanded. If he should suspect anything he might
-remove you from your position, where you can help
-us and—yourself. Be patient. Continue to trust us.
-And you will not be disappointed in the end.”</p>
-
-<p>“Now what do you want?” rather testily.</p>
-
-<p>“Nothing right now. But if we should need you
-again we shall let you know. How about this cord?
-Do you expect me to walk back like this?”</p>
-
-<p>Soncco removed the thong from Stanley’s ankle
-and the two started away at a fast walk. They passed
-through the guard-lines without trouble. Stanley returned
-the borrowed garments to the waiting man,
-and then the latter, led by the aged amauta, departed.</p>
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_165">[165]</span>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XV<br>
-
-<small>THE TERROR OF DARKNESS AT MIDDAY</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Ted</span> and Stanley slept little during the night preceding
-that fateful day. And, to Ted’s occasional
-questioning, Stanley could only repeat that he thought
-his record of the time correct; however, there was no
-way of finding out for a certainty. The morrow alone
-would tell.</p>
-
-<p>The camp was astir early. Groups of musicians
-struck up tunes on reed instruments accompanied by
-the deep roll of drums. The wailing of the flutes
-seemed to carry a mournful note, an ominous message
-in its very monotony. But, when singers joined in the
-music, their shrill voices rising and falling in gay
-cadence, it changed its tenor and was more like the
-celebration of some joyous festival than the beginning
-of a day of torture and life-taking. How pitiless these
-people were, how devoid of all compassion! Downtrodden
-and suffering though they were, they made
-an outward show of rejoicing at the ill fortune of others.</p>
-
-<p>After a breakfast scarcely touched by the two,
-they were taken to the arena where the spectacle was<span class="pagenum" id="Page_166">[166]</span>
-to be staged. A vast number of people had already
-assembled. Most of them stood in a solid mass surrounding
-an open square; armed guards formed lines
-and held them in check. On one side stood those of
-noble birth, dressed in their most gorgeous attire and
-bedecked with jewels. Round ornaments of gold hung
-from their ears. Some wore large breast-plates of
-the same precious metal that extended from shoulder
-to shoulder, and from the chin to the waist-line. Their
-mantles were embroidered or brocaded in curious figures
-of birds and animals, among which the condor
-and puma were conspicuous by the frequency with
-which they appeared. Huge golden pins, shaped like
-spoons, held the draperies in place. And chains of
-emeralds hung from their necks, while the turbans that
-crowned their heads were a mass of bright colors and
-flashing stones. Each noble was accompanied by a
-number of attendants that held a canopy of cloth of
-fine texture over his head to shield it from the sun,
-and in his hand he carried a staff of polished wood
-with numerous gold and silver pendants that denoted
-his rank and position.</p>
-
-<p>Quizquiz arrived not long after. He came in his
-sedan of gold, massive and heavy, and borne on the
-shoulders of his highest officials. As the latter deposited
-their burden on a specially constructed platform,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_167">[167]</span>
-Ted and Stanley could not suppress exclamations
-of surprise at his lavish and beautiful attire. He
-was wrapped in a mantle of gold cloth that covered
-him from his head to his feet; throwing this aside
-carelessly, he revealed his undergarments made of the
-same material. Bracelets and amulets covered his
-arms. The chain around his neck, falling to his waist,
-was composed of alternate turquoise, pearls, and
-emeralds, some of them the size of a pigeon’s egg, and
-so skilfully had the gems been polished that there was
-continuous play of refracted light in a thousand points
-of shimmering, satiny color.</p>
-
-<p>Quizquiz carried a burnished-silver mirror in his
-hand and made frequent use of it to throw a shaft of
-dazzling light into the eyes of some favorite; this was
-always the signal for the honored one to fall upon his
-knees and to chant the praises of the sovereign who
-had thus condescended to throw the radiance, supposedly
-emanating from the Inca’s sacred person,
-upon him.</p>
-
-<p>After amusing himself in this manner for some time,
-Quizquiz spoke:</p>
-
-<p>“Rejoice with me, for this day is an eventful one,”
-he said. “I am about to rid my kingdom of its worst
-enemies; the two strangers who came to spy on me
-and to rob me, and also of those others who are of no<span class="pagenum" id="Page_168">[168]</span>
-further use to me, but are rather a burden. There are
-more persons in the valley deserving of a similar fate,
-and they all shall be called to account in due time.
-We shall have these imposing spectacles often. It
-shall be my pleasure to attend them; you also shall
-be commanded to do so, for they shall remind you of
-my greatness and of your own abject station. And
-let each one feel that perhaps he may some day be
-chosen to delight my eye as one of those to die in my
-presence. What end could be more glorious for a
-slave? So cherish the hope of that honor in your
-hearts.”</p>
-
-<p>The crowd moved uneasily. Evidently they did not
-relish recognition of that kind. Was there no limit
-to the vainglorious boasting and cruelty of the tyrant?
-Was he personally responsible for his words and deeds,
-or was there some evil influence that prompted him
-to do such things? Among the spectators were not a
-few who knew the truth, and their unanimous verdict
-would have placed the responsibility upon the shoulders
-of Villac Umu.</p>
-
-<p>“Now let the ceremonies begin. Soncco will attend
-to his duties well or suffer dire consequences.
-First, let the two men from the outer world be bound
-to the wall; then tie the serpents at their feet.”</p>
-
-<p>Soncco bowed low to the Inca. His face was pale<span class="pagenum" id="Page_169">[169]</span>
-and his eyes shot fire. Resentment was pictured in
-his every feature, and Ted and Stanley knew that it
-was directed not at them but at the king. Still, he
-had no alternative but to obey the command. He
-started his work in a businesslike manner, and prepared
-personally to bind the hands of the Americans
-with copper chains. As he reached their side he
-whispered in Stanley’s ear: “Pray to your God, to
-mine, or to any other one you want to; use your most
-powerful charms and magic. But let everything
-happen just as you said it would. If you fail in this,
-stand quietly until Quizquiz has taken too much
-wine; then break away, for the chains have an open
-link, and kill Villac Umu. Leave the rest to me.
-Here is a dagger,” and he slipped a long, keen blade
-into Stanley’s hand, hiding the transaction with his
-cloak.</p>
-
-<p>Stanley made no answer, but a moment later conveyed
-the information to Ted, who was tied close by
-his side.</p>
-
-<p>These preparations completed, the priests from the
-Temple of the Snakes put in their appearance. They
-were a hideous lot, clothed in long mantles of a drab
-color, and wore black masks over their faces. Each
-one carried a tuft of red feathers in his hand. The
-column, headed by six of its number who beat drums<span class="pagenum" id="Page_170">[170]</span>
-and sang in a weird jargon, marched to the Inca’s
-dais and halted. The drum-beats ceased and the
-priests prostrated themselves on the ground, rising
-after a moment and forming a semicircle in front of
-the doomed men. One of the leaders produced two
-bags from under his cloak; he untied the string of one
-of them and shook its contents on the ground. It
-was a great snake, drawn up in a mass of tight coils,
-and hissed defiantly at the men who stood around it.
-The two saw at once that it was a bushmaster, the
-deadliest and most feared of all South American serpents.
-But what a monster it was! It could have
-been no less than ten feet long. As it raised its head,
-slowly, the deep orange color of its back, marked with
-a regular pattern of broad, black X’s, glistened with a
-metallic lustre in the sunlight.</p>
-
-<p>Before the reptile could get its bearings to dart
-away several of the priests pounced upon it and seized
-it in their hands, for it was harmless so far, its arrow-shaped
-head having been covered with a muzzle of
-fine, gold wires. A stout cord was fastened around
-its neck, and with this it was securely tied at Ted’s
-feet, the priests stretching out the snake and allowing
-sufficient cord so that it could strike to within less than
-an inch of the man.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/i_170fp.jpg" alt=""></div>
-<p class="caption">It was a bushmaster, the deadliest and the most feared of all South American snakes</p>
-
-<p>The second bag was now opened and its occupant,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_171">[171]</span>
-exactly like that of the first, bound in front of Stanley.
-Then two of the priests pinned the heads of the snakes
-to the ground with long, forked sticks, while others
-removed the wires that held the death-dealing jaws
-together. This accomplished, the entire company
-performed a wild, uncanny dance, howling and rushing
-past the supposedly helpless men and the serpents.
-As they passed each stooped and struck the reptiles
-a blow with his tuft of feathers, until they had been
-aroused to a mad frenzy. After that the priests again
-marched up to the Inca’s sedan, fell flat on their faces
-as before, and took up their station in the front ranks
-of the onlookers.</p>
-
-<p>Ted and Stanley were fascinated by the terrible
-creatures at their feet. Enraged at the treatment
-received from the priests, the snakes were lunging to
-right and to left, and then settled down to striking at
-the men in front of them. Again and again their repulsive
-heads shot forward, with wide-open mouths
-and long, white fangs that glistened in the sunlight;
-but the tethers kept them just out of reach and tantalized
-them to further effort. And all the while the
-snakes coiled and uncoiled their great, scale-covered
-bodies and lashed their tails on the hard ground with
-such rapidity that they made a buzzing sound. Ted
-and Stanley felt the cold, sinuous bodies writhe against<span class="pagenum" id="Page_172">[172]</span>
-their bare feet; how long could they withstand this
-ordeal? If it was true that snakes could charm, and
-they began to think it was because they could not remove
-their gaze from the greenish eyes of the reptiles,
-they would be unable to endure the strain much longer,
-and would soon either droop within reach of the
-darting heads or be compelled to make a break for
-liberty.</p>
-
-<p>Peals of laughter from Quizquiz recalled them to
-their senses.</p>
-
-<p>“It is better than I had hoped,” he said in a shrill
-voice. “Praised be Villac Umu, who is father of the
-idea.”</p>
-
-<p>The high priest, who was seated in his own golden
-sedan by the Inca’s side, rose and bowed in recognition
-of this compliment.</p>
-
-<p>“For the pleasure of my adored one I would arrange
-any spectacle,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>“Now let us feast and sing and dance to while away
-the time,” Quizquiz continued. “Bring the sparkling
-wine that we may drink to the evil fortune of the men
-from the outer world.”</p>
-
-<p>Golden cups of large size, filled with a beverage
-made from ground, fermented maize, were brought by
-attendants, and after the Inca and Villac Umu had
-partaken liberally, the others of the nobility were<span class="pagenum" id="Page_173">[173]</span>
-served. The drinking continued throughout the remainder
-of the morning, interrupted only when Soncco
-came to report the progress of the preparations that
-were being made for the other victims.</p>
-
-<p>“The spear-point glows with a reddish heat, and
-Toparca lies on the ground, bound hand and foot,” he
-said on one occasion, and, “The oil is bubbling in the
-caldron; Huascar is near by, well guarded and sullenly
-awaiting his fate,” on another. But Quizquiz only
-laughed and bade Soncco stay his hand and to place
-the condemned men in a position so they could see
-what was happening to the strangers.</p>
-
-<p>To Ted and Stanley the hours seemed like eternity.
-Would Quizquiz never succumb to the influence of the
-liquor? The amount he could consume was prodigious!
-The strain of remaining in one position was
-becoming unbearable. They dared not shift their feet;
-the snakes, now motionless, with heads raised a few
-inches above their coiled bodies, were quietly waiting
-for the decisive moment.</p>
-
-<p>“It must be noon now,” Ted finally ventured.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes,” said Stanley slowly, looking up at the glaring
-sun almost overhead in a cloudless sky.</p>
-
-<p>“No signs of anything happening yet,” uneasily.
-“I wonder if Soncco told the truth about the open
-link in the chains. He may have said that simply<span class="pagenum" id="Page_174">[174]</span>
-to pacify us, so we would submit to being bound without
-a struggle.”</p>
-
-<p>“Wait a little while longer. Then—well, I believe
-Soncco told the truth. We must get Villac Umu. If
-there is a fight, any one and every one else will do for
-the next, but I think that with the high priest out of
-the way Soncco can handle the crowd; he is the
-one they really hold in superstitious fear. Snap the
-chain suddenly and jump to one side so far as you can.
-Remember that Pizarro conquered the whole nation
-of millions of people by capturing the leader; we have
-a chance of doing the same thing on a smaller scale
-with that beast out of the way.”</p>
-
-<p>Minutes passed; they waited in vain.</p>
-
-<p>“I must have been mistaken, after all,” Stanley said
-gloomily as he caught an impatient look from Soncco.
-“Look! he is signalling us now. Let’s break away.
-Are you ready?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes. Give the word.”</p>
-
-<p>A crash halted the reply on Stanley’s lips.</p>
-
-<p>“Cursed drink that has dimmed my vision,” Quizquiz
-shouted, at the same time dashing his heavy
-golden goblet to the floor of his litter, “for it must be
-my blurred eyes that deceive me. Look, Villac Umu!
-Do you see anything?”</p>
-
-<p>The Inca and the high priest were anxiously scanning<span class="pagenum" id="Page_175">[175]</span>
-the heavens, shielding their eyes with jewel-bedecked
-hands. Concern and fear were plainly pictured
-in their faces.</p>
-
-<p>“It is not the drink.” Stanley was quick enough to
-comprehend the situation and to make use of it to
-their advantage. “What you see is a giant hand
-grasping the neck of your helpless Sun-God. Soon his
-light will fade and you will be floundering in the darkness.
-Your time has come!”</p>
-
-<p>Then to Ted in a joyous shout: “I was right! I was
-right! Look! The eclipse; it is starting.”</p>
-
-<p>The two could scarcely keep from jumping from
-their places, but the decisive moment had not arrived.</p>
-
-<p>The stillness of death had fallen upon the multitude.
-The drum-beats stopped suddenly, the reed flutes
-ceased their wails, the voices of the singers were hushed,
-and half-emptied cups of wine slipped from nerveless
-fingers and fell to the ground. Every eye was turned
-skyward, and upon the sea of faces came a pallor and
-a look of horror, for the impossible was unquestionably
-happening. A black disk was rapidly stealing over the
-face of the sun from the west; half of the flaming orb
-was already obscured, and slowly but relentlessly a
-sickly gray twilight was falling upon the earth. Brilliant
-colors faded in the uncanny dusk, and jewels
-that had flashed and shimmered grew dull and lifeless.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_176">[176]</span>
-Familiar objects took on strange, fantastic shapes before
-they melted in a maze of grotesque shadows.</p>
-
-<p>“Speak, Villac Umu! Speak!” Quizquiz’s voice
-was bordering on despair. “You are High Priest of
-the Temple of the Sun and know the will of the gods.
-You said this thing could not happen.”</p>
-
-<p>“It is but a cloud,” Villac Umu explained nervously,
-but his faltering words carried no conviction.</p>
-
-<p>“You lie! It is not a cloud. Command the shadow
-to retreat. Show your power. Use your magic.
-Do anything you wish to stop this terrible thing!”</p>
-
-<p>The high priest arose and stretched both arms
-heavenward. In one hand was a staff from which
-numerous charms dangled, in the other a rattle of
-dried seeds. He loudly berated the demons that dared
-thrust themselves in front of the sun, and commanded
-them to depart without delay. He shook his staff and
-rattled his charms at them, but the grayness rapidly
-deepened into gloom, and when the last vestige of
-light had disappeared his helplessness was apparent
-to all. Loud cries, first singly, then in chorus, were
-raised in terrible accusation. In the darkness it was
-impossible to see who spoke, and this gave the speakers
-courage to say what was on their minds, but Ted
-and Stanley recognized the voice of Soncco among the
-leaders.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_177">[177]</span>“Villac Umu is to blame for this; he said it could
-not happen, but it did, and now he is powerless to
-protect us. Kill him!” the mob shouted, and “Quizquiz
-shares in his guilt; he is not fit to be king, for he
-has betrayed us.”</p>
-
-<p>Then one solemn voice made itself heard above the
-multitude:</p>
-
-<p>“Stay in your places,” it shouted, “for you know
-not what new terror may overtake you if you move.
-Do nothing—yet. First beg the white man, who has
-shown you his power, to bring back the sunlight he
-has taken away, then——”</p>
-
-<p>A deafening crash cut short the words that came
-from Soncco’s lips. Then more crashes came, followed
-by roars and rumbles that shook the very ground
-beneath their feet.</p>
-
-<p>Ted and Stanley were nearly as much startled as
-were the others, for in the excitement of the moment
-they had completely forgotten the dynamite.</p>
-
-<p>“Now,” Stanley shouted, “let’s go.”</p>
-
-<p>With a start they snapped their chains and leaped
-to one side. Stanley rushed up to Soncco, who, too,
-seemed bewildered.</p>
-
-<p>“Silence the crowd,” he panted. “I have something
-to say that I want every one to hear.”</p>
-
-<p>Regaining his senses, Soncco blew shrill blasts upon<span class="pagenum" id="Page_178">[178]</span>
-a trumpet, but it was some time before the confusion
-subsided. Judging by the sounds, the majority of
-the people were either kneeling or had fallen to the
-ground in their terror.</p>
-
-<p>“You have seen and heard everything,” Stanley
-shouted at the top of his voice. “Now, what do you
-want? Choose between——”</p>
-
-<p>His words were drowned in the clamor that went up.</p>
-
-<p>“Kill Quizquiz and Villac Umu,” the thousands demanded,
-“and make the white man king. His companion
-shall be high priest. We ask nothing more than
-to be permitted to serve them as slaves for the remainder
-of our lives if they will but bring back the
-sunlight.”</p>
-
-<p>It was with the greatest difficulty that Soncco again
-silenced them.</p>
-
-<p>“It shall be as you say,” said Stanley. “But for
-the present let every one remain in his place. The
-sunlight will come back again, and so long as you
-obey my wishes no harm shall come to you. But if a
-single one of you betrays his pledge, worse things may
-happen.”</p>
-
-<p>“You shall be king,” the multitude roared. “We
-swear it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Quizquiz is gone,” Soncco whispered to Stanley;
-“the thunder of your medicine was too much for him.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_179">[179]</span>
-He jumped to the ground and ran when the crash
-came. Villac Umu followed him.”</p>
-
-<p>“Will they keep their promise?” Stanley asked.</p>
-
-<p>“Without question,” Soncco assured him. “And
-I am sure you will fill the lofty stations in a manner
-befitting them.”</p>
-
-<p>“What do you mean? What stations? We want
-to leave so soon as possible.”</p>
-
-<p>“What are the wishes of an individual compared to
-the welfare of a nation? Consider yourself king, although
-the actual crowning ceremonies are still to be
-performed. And your companion is head of all the
-religious orders. If you had planned to go back to
-your people, you may find that they will insist on
-keeping you here, for the people have sworn it.”</p>
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_180">[180]</span>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XVI<br>
-
-<small>THE COMING OF THE TIGERS</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">The</span> sunlight returned in due time, and with its
-coming the people regained their composure. A shout
-that rapidly assumed the proportions of a roar went
-up as the assembled host proclaimed Stanley their
-king, and Ted high priest. This latter office was the
-second highest any man could hold. A few short
-minutes before they had been meek spectators to the
-terrible ordeal to which the white men had been subjected,
-ready to see them die without the courage to
-so much as say a single word in their defense. But
-now the tide had turned. Men who could command
-the sun to be darkened, and to shine again, and who
-brought thunder to the earth, were not men in reality
-in their sight, but gods. And to prove this contention,
-had the two not come from the sky in some mysterious
-contrivance they could control? It was but
-an example of how the estimation in which people are
-held too often varies with their fortunes.</p>
-
-<p>“Long live the king and the high priest!” and
-“let them be crowned now!” they cried, while stalwart<span class="pagenum" id="Page_181">[181]</span>
-hands seized them, and carrying them aloft
-placed them in the golden thrones that had been deserted
-by Quizquiz and Villac Umu.</p>
-
-<p>Ted and Stanley were on the point of objecting,
-but a look from Soncco silenced them. They permitted
-the nobles to raise the shining conveyances to
-their shoulders and carry them to the regally appointed
-quarters that had been occupied by the Inca.</p>
-
-<p>Stanley’s first official act was to order the instant
-release of the other prisoners who had been condemned
-to die with them. Next, he instructed the commander
-of the troops to capture Quizquiz and Villac Umu, and
-to bring them to him, unharmed. After that he
-commanded that preparations for the return to the
-city be made at once, and that the journey begin
-early the following morning. Soncco was appointed
-counsellor, and to him they intrusted the management
-of all civic affairs, the important ones, however, to
-be brought to Stanley’s attention before action was
-taken. Upon reaching the capitol he would take up
-everything in detail and consider what was best for
-the future. In the meantime work was to be resumed
-by the inhabitants, and the laws administered
-exactly as they were before. This done, every one
-was dismissed excepting only Soncco and the servants
-of the royal quarters.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_182">[182]</span>“You will dispose with all formalities while in our
-presence,” Stanley instructed the aged amauta. “No
-crawling or bowing or taking off your shoes. We will
-conduct things on strictly business basis. Talk freely.
-We depend on you to help us.”</p>
-
-<p>To the former Soncco reluctantly agreed, for was
-not a king entitled to homage? The latter he would
-do with pleasure.</p>
-
-<p>“Now let’s take a walk,” Ted suggested. “I am
-eager to see how much damage that dynamite did to
-the wall. I didn’t think it would do more than tear
-a hole in it, but it sounded as if the whole thing fell
-down.”</p>
-
-<p>They went out of the spacious tent and looked in
-the direction of the great wall that had been erected
-to shut off the lower from the upper and larger end of
-the valley. That end of the massive structure that
-joined the natural stone escarpment of the mountains
-had fallen to the ground; there was a gap that appeared
-to be fully fifty yards wide. But that was
-not the more surprising result of the explosion. A
-broad rent had been torn in the mountainside itself.</p>
-
-<p>The two gazed in astonishment.</p>
-
-<p>“That hundred pounds of dynamite could never
-have done all that damage,” Ted commented, much
-puzzled by the scene of devastation. “But I am glad<span class="pagenum" id="Page_183">[183]</span>
-to see that there is a hole in the slope, because that
-means that we will have an easy passage into the
-outer world.”</p>
-
-<p>“That is just what I was thinking. What the jar
-of the explosion did was to cause a landslide, and the
-whole upper precipice tumbled down. Look at the
-huge pile of rocks! The avalanche carried the stones
-of the wall with it, and that accounts for the destruction
-of such a large section.”</p>
-
-<p>“To-morrow, after the people leave, let’s go over
-there for a good look at it. We can catch up with the
-procession later. And perhaps we had better examine
-the airplane, too. It is standing there exactly as we
-left it. I guess they were afraid to touch it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, let’s do those things to-morrow. We have
-had enough for to-day. I am wobbly and all in a
-muddle, and cannot realize yet all that has happened
-to us. So I am in favor of getting something to eat,
-and then going straight to bed.”</p>
-
-<p>“I second that motion. It will be the first real
-sleep in a long time.”</p>
-
-<p>The food was of the finest the valley afforded, served
-by numerous menials and with all the pomp that had
-been lavished on Quizquiz. The bowls, platters, and
-goblets were of gold, finely wrought and decorated
-with flowers, fruit, and other designs. The two ate<span class="pagenum" id="Page_184">[184]</span>
-heartily but refused the cups of corn wine, or <i>chicha</i>,
-remembering that the grain of which it had been
-brewed, first had been chewed thoroughly to induce its
-fermentation. Roast partridges, cakes made of fine
-meal, strawberries and honey, that was the repast intended
-for the Inca, and which they did not hesitate
-to accept.</p>
-
-<p>Soncco remained in waiting in an adjoining room,
-and at their request came for an interview in the
-evening. They discussed their future policy with
-him for a brief time, and after assigning a place to
-him for the night sought their own luxurious
-blankets.</p>
-
-<p>Sleep came almost immediately but was destined to
-be of short duration. At the command of Stanley the
-people had retired to their shelters early, thus putting
-an end to the loud chatter over the day’s events.
-Also, the numberless fires had been extinguished and
-absolute quiet reigned over the sea of tents.</p>
-
-<p>A frightful roar broke the silence of the night. For
-an instant there was not a sound; then came the hum
-of excited voices, for the encampment had been aroused,
-and lights began to flicker in many places.</p>
-
-<p>Ted and Stanley sat bolt upright. They strained
-their ears for a repetition of the sound. It came
-before long. Another roar, preceded by a few low,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_185">[185]</span>
-hoarse growls, came to the ears of the astonished listeners.</p>
-
-<p>“What under the sun can that be?” Ted asked,
-stepping off the edge of his couch. Stanley was up
-and had lighted a torch.</p>
-
-<p>“I never heard anything like it before.”</p>
-
-<p>“Sounds something like a jaguar, only much more
-powerful. Perhaps it is the noise of some wind-instrument
-we don’t know anything about. Do you
-suppose it can be Quizquiz, trying to frighten us, perhaps?
-Or is it the people serenading us?”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t know. Listen! It may come again.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll bet it is Quizquiz. He has gathered those
-of his followers who are still faithful to him, and
-is preparing to attack the camp. That was a war
-horn.”</p>
-
-<p>“We shall soon see. If it is anything of that kind
-Soncco will know and report to us.”</p>
-
-<p>The excitement among the Indians was great, but
-as the unusual sound was not repeated, and as their
-adviser did not show up, the two came to the conclusion
-that the disturbance did not concern them, and
-went back to bed.</p>
-
-<p>They had scarcely closed their eyes, or, at least so
-it seemed, when the camp was again thrown into an
-uproar by a repetition of the unearthly sound.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_186">[186]</span>“I am going to find out about this,” Stanley said
-decisively. “It must be stopped.”</p>
-
-<p>He had scarcely finished speaking when Soncco
-rushed into the apartment.</p>
-
-<p>“Forgive me, great and noble king,” he panted,
-“for entering without asking permission.”</p>
-
-<p>“I am glad you came,” Stanley replied quickly.
-“What is all the racket about? Find out who or
-what is making it and have it stopped.”</p>
-
-<p>“That is why I came to you. The people are in a
-panic and many are fleeing toward the city. They
-fear it is some evil sequel to the astounding events of
-the day.”</p>
-
-<p>“But what is it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Every one is asking that. They are begging that
-you, their king, enlighten them. On my knees I am
-presenting their humble petition.”</p>
-
-<p>The sound of heavy footfalls attracted their attention
-and hushed their conversation. A moment later
-some one clapped his hands before the entrance.</p>
-
-<p>“Enter!” Stanley commanded.</p>
-
-<p>Toparca and Huascar, followed by a dozen other
-nobles, in bare feet and carrying their sandals on their
-left shoulders as a sign of homage, filed into the tent.
-Their faces were pale and they could hardly suppress
-their excitement.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_187">[187]</span>“Speak quickly and freely, for I know what is on
-your minds,” Stanley encouraged.</p>
-
-<p>“Lords, lords, who have mastered the air and to
-whose wishes even the Sun-God bows, save us or we
-shall all be killed,” cried one of the party as they all
-fell upon their knees and stretched their hands toward
-Stanley and Ted.</p>
-
-<p>“Stand up. Now explain just what you mean.
-What do you want us to save you from?” Stanley
-was losing patience.</p>
-
-<p>“We do not know. But having seen and heard the
-events of the past day, and having been shown the great
-power of the men from the outer world, we came to
-beg for help and for mercy. A new horror is stalking
-through the valley. Every one is terror-stricken. An
-undefinable dread clutches at each heart. The air is
-heavy with forebodings and vibrates with the rumblings
-from monster throats that bespeak death and
-destruction. We are in your power. If this be a
-punishment, let it be inflicted upon those of us who
-deserve it, but spare those who are innocent the anguish
-and the suffering they are compelled to endure awaiting
-an unknown fate.”</p>
-
-<p>“Wait,” Stanley said simply. Then, turning to
-Ted: “This is awful. Have you any idea what the
-trouble is?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_188">[188]</span>“This is so bewildering I can hardly think. There
-it is again.”</p>
-
-<p>Once more the frightful roar reached their ears,
-followed by shrieks and wails. For a moment they
-studied the blanched faces before them in the vain
-hope that they might betray some clew to the solution
-of the mystery.</p>
-
-<p>“We are certainly up against it. Let’s go outside.
-Perhaps we can learn something definite there.”</p>
-
-<p>Throwing light blankets over their shoulders they
-started toward the door. As they reached it they
-nearly collided with a man who was dashing in.</p>
-
-<p>Half-naked, with streaming, dishevelled hair and
-bulging, startled eyes, he was a picture of the kind of
-fear that borders on insanity.</p>
-
-<p>“I have heard with my own ears, and I have seen
-with my own eyes,” he shrieked, waving his trembling
-hands over his head, “and I shall carry the image of
-it into my grave.”</p>
-
-<p>“Who is he?” Stanley asked Soncco.</p>
-
-<p>“He is Lolo, one of the officers of the guard.”</p>
-
-<p>“Lolo, having heard and seen, you will tell me
-everything. Talk slowly and distinctly and keep
-nothing from me. Remember, your king commands
-it.” Stanley addressed the man in a tone of authority.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_189">[189]</span>This in a measure brought the officer to his senses,
-but the look of bewilderment did not leave his eyes,
-and his face retained the expression of fright and suffering.
-He bowed low, unsteadily, and asked forgiveness
-for intruding into the royal quarters without
-permission.</p>
-
-<p>“It is all right,” Stanley reassured him; “think as
-clearly as you can, and tell us plainly what happened.
-We understand your position.”</p>
-
-<p>In obedience to the command just given him Lolo
-told of the terrible spectacle he had witnessed.</p>
-
-<p>“I was on my rounds, inspecting the guard,” he
-panted, “and was just nearing the post close to the
-mountains. One of the soldiers was piling wood on
-the watch-fire, and the flames shot up, lighting the
-plain for many paces around. Without warning, a
-deafening roar came out of the blackness beyond the
-circle of light. We had never heard anything like it
-before, and the shock of it was so great that we could
-not stir from the places on which we stood. We were
-as men paralyzed, and simply stared into the darkness.
-A pair of points of green fire appeared; they were the
-eyes of some great beast. A form followed, gliding
-between the watch-fire and the stone wall of the mountainside,
-so that its outline fell full upon the smooth
-face of the precipice. And such a monster! It<span class="pagenum" id="Page_190">[190]</span>
-was higher than the Temple of the Sun in the Golden
-City, with eyes that burned into our hearts and
-brains.”</p>
-
-<p>The man had gesticulated wildly during the recital.
-He now wrung his hands in despair, and was on the
-point of breaking down.</p>
-
-<p>“Go on!” Stanley commanded. “Finish your
-story.”</p>
-
-<p>“The brute raised its great head; the jaws opened
-wide, like a serpent’s, and fangs, shaped like curved
-swords and longer than a man’s arm, flashed white in
-the flaring light, and then buried themselves in the
-breast of the nearest soldier. The man uttered not
-a sound, so quickly had death come. With a low,
-rumbling growl the beast or demon, I know not which
-it may be, turned and faded away into the darkness
-whence it had come, the dead soldier limply dangling
-from its mouth.”</p>
-
-<p>“Do you expect me to believe that?” Stanley demanded
-sternly. “Did you see it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, yes. And others saw it too. I have spoken
-only the truth. The king shall have the proof of other
-eyes and other ears.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then go, all of you, as fast as you can. Command
-the people, in my name, to congregate in the centre
-of the camp, and to build a ring of fires around the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_191">[191]</span>
-outer border. Do not lose a minute. It is a matter
-of life and death.”</p>
-
-<p>The visitors bowed and rushed away, Soncco going
-with the rest. When they had gone, Stanley turned
-to Ted.</p>
-
-<p>“That man told the truth, but he was excited and
-exaggerated the facts. We know the worst now.”</p>
-
-<p>“You mean that it was a——”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, nothing less than a sabre-toothed tiger—a
-living example of the kind whose bones we found in
-the cave in Uti when we were there before. He saw
-the beast, but the thing that made the greatest impression
-on him was its shadow on the abrupt mountainside.
-Heaven only knows where it came from,
-but we must have opened the passage for it with the
-dynamite.”</p>
-
-<p>“Can it be possible that some of those awful creatures
-still survive after all the hundreds of years?” Ted
-asked incredulously.</p>
-
-<p>“It must be possible because we have the evidence.
-And, besides, anything is possible in a place like this.
-Come to think of it, I know just where it came from;
-you remember that other valley we saw from the air?
-That is the place. We are in it for fair now. A more
-terrible creature never trod the face of the earth.
-We are to blame for the calamity of turning it loose<span class="pagenum" id="Page_192">[192]</span>
-on these people, and we shall have to find a way of
-exterminating it; there may be many of them for all
-we know. What to do is the question. A tiger the
-size of a cow, and more powerful and ferocious than a
-dozen of the ordinary kind, is not an antagonist to be
-sneezed at. Will our troubles never end? We haven’t
-a rifle; nothing but spears and bows and arrows; they
-will do about as much good as hailstones.”</p>
-
-<p>“I have it,” Ted announced suddenly. “What
-about the machine-guns on the airplane? We can
-rig them up on mounts. Each one will be worth
-twenty rifles.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, of course. That’s just what we’ll do. And
-we will have our hands full at that. But now, let’s
-go out and help quiet the people. They are starting
-their wailing again, and there will be real trouble unless
-we can soothe them.”</p>
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_193">[193]</span>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XVII<br>
-
-<small>ANIMALS OF A BYGONE AGE</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Ted</span> and Stanley lost no time in going out among
-the people. The event of a king mingling freely with
-his subjects, and on foot at that, was without precedent.
-They encouraged, soothed, and even threatened
-where necessary. But their presence in the
-midst of danger in itself had a calming effect on the
-majority of Indians, and the Americans rose mightily
-in the estimation of the multitude.</p>
-
-<p>“Quizquiz deserted us in time of peril,” they said
-with an awe akin to adoration; “the new king shares
-our danger and will vanquish it, just as he drove away
-the demon of darkness and brought back the sunlight.
-Long live the new king, the greatest of them all.”</p>
-
-<p>Apparently the animals that had invaded the valley
-had become emboldened by their first onslaught,
-for toward morning the thunderous roars again rent
-the silence hovering over the valley. This time they
-were repeated more frequently and drew nearer with
-great rapidity.</p>
-
-<p>“It is exactly as I thought,” Stanley said. “They<span class="pagenum" id="Page_194">[194]</span>
-are coming from the direction of the gap torn by the
-dynamite.”</p>
-
-<p>“But if they are coming from Uti, why did not
-they attack us while we were there?” Ted asked.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t think any of the brutes survived beyond the
-wall. They must be extinct there, for we saw only
-their bones in the cave, and Timichi, the exile, who had
-lived there for years, had never been molested by
-them. The landslide caused by the jar of the explosion
-opened a passage from that other hidden valley
-where they still exist, and it did not take them long to
-find the outlet into a new feeding-ground.”</p>
-
-<p>“We had better make a round of the outposts. If
-the soldiers become panic-stricken and desert the fires
-the tigers will break through the lines and carry away
-more people.”</p>
-
-<p>“By all means, let’s go. This is doubtless the last
-attempt of the creatures to invade this place, for daylight
-will soon be here, and they will return to their
-hiding-places.”</p>
-
-<p>They hurried from fire to fire, and ordered the guards
-to pile on more fuel, and the two viewed with satisfaction
-the mounting glow as the flames leaped higher
-and higher.</p>
-
-<p>The unbroken prospect of the circle of crackling fire
-did not appeal to the attackers, for they did not venture<span class="pagenum" id="Page_195">[195]</span>
-near to it, but after a succession of deafening
-howls and cries retreated in the direction from which
-they had come.</p>
-
-<p>Daylight brought relief to the frightened inhabitants
-of the valley, and Soncco urged that they break
-camp immediately and return to the capital, for in the
-stone houses of the city there would be at least a
-measure of safety. Also, preparations must be made
-without delay for the coronation ceremonies, when
-Stanley would be crowned with the crimson <i>borla</i>,
-and Ted receive his appointment as High Priest of the
-Temple of the Sun.</p>
-
-<p>Soncco argued long and earnestly, but to all his
-pleas they replied that while, no doubt, they would
-be safe in their stone palaces, the hundreds of others
-living in the country would remain exposed to the
-ravages of the great brutes, which, growing constantly
-bolder, would destroy them in increasing numbers.
-The welfare of the king depended upon the welfare of
-the people, they believed; to desert the latter at a
-time like this would be to invite their own ruin.</p>
-
-<p>No! They were determined to attack the tigers in
-their own fastness, in their very lairs, if necessary;
-to exterminate them if possible, and if not, to at least
-check their inroads. After that had been accomplished
-there would be time enough to consider other matters.
-But the safety of the populace came first.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_196">[196]</span>After a hurried breakfast the two Americans hastened
-to the stranded airplane. The wings and body had
-been battered considerably by the wind, but as no
-rain had fallen since their arrival, the guns were free
-from rust and in good working order. They immediately
-set about to strip the weapons, carefully
-wiped all the working parts with oily cloths, and reloaded
-the magazines. Then they made tripods of
-stout poles on which to mount the guns.</p>
-
-<p>In the meantime the people had been sent away to
-places of security. Only fifty picked soldiers, with
-their officers, were retained. These were ordered to
-look after their bows, arrows, and swords in order to
-be sure that everything was in fighting trim. Shortly
-before noon all preparations had been completed, and
-the expedition, with Stanley and Ted in the lead,
-started for the break in the mountainside.</p>
-
-<p>If there had been any doubt as to the locality from
-which the tigers had come, the great footprints of the
-animals would have dispelled them soon. Where the
-ground was soft or under cultivation the massive paws
-had sunk to a depth of nearly twelve inches, and the
-holes measured fully as much in diameter. Some were
-larger than others, indicating that several of the beasts,
-of various ages, had been quick to take advantage of
-an opportunity to secure a meal easily.</p>
-
-<p>“We will mount one of the guns here,” Stanley<span class="pagenum" id="Page_197">[197]</span>
-said when they had approached to within fifty yards
-of the opening. “You stay here with half the men;
-I will place the remainder on either side of the gap
-while I take a look at what is on the other side. If
-there is none of the animals in sight I will motion to
-you to come on. If there should be one near by and
-it charges, I will run to the rocks on one side so as to
-give you a clear sweep of the gap. Keep the gun
-trained on the opening, and if anything comes through
-hold the trigger back until you are sure the bullets
-are hitting in the right spot. You can’t miss at such
-close range.”</p>
-
-<p>“You stay here and let me go first,” Ted pleaded.
-But Stanley insisted on being the one to face the
-danger.</p>
-
-<p>The gun was quickly set up, a magazine full of cartridges
-snapped into place, and the muzzle trained on
-the narrow passage through which the tigers must
-come if they should be aroused and attempted a
-charge. Then Stanley cautiously started forward with
-his men, weapons in hand, the party moving in two
-files, one on each side, and keeping out of sight as
-much as possible behind the mass of rocks that had
-fallen from above.</p>
-
-<p>They halted when they reached the foot of the escarpment,
-and Stanley mounted his gun on one side<span class="pagenum" id="Page_198">[198]</span>
-of the breech. Then he crept forward alone, at such
-a slow pace that he seemed scarcely to move. His
-face was covered with cold perspiration, and he thought
-the pounding of his heart must be audible across the
-entire expanse of the valley, but his courage remained
-unshaken. Crouching low, he took a hurried peep
-around the edge of the rock barrier. Ted watched his
-every move, firmly gripping the handle of the gun
-with one hand, the forefinger of the other resting
-lightly on the trigger.</p>
-
-<p>Stanley must have seen nothing of a formidable
-nature, for he took a second and longer look, then,
-emboldened, crept into the opening. A few minutes
-later he emerged, crawling backward, and motioning
-to the men to remain where they were, hastened to
-Ted’s side.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s the most wonderful thing I ever saw in my
-life.” He could hardly speak from excitement. “There
-is another world beyond that wall of stone, and it
-belongs to the past—thousands of years ago, I mean.
-You won’t believe it; you can’t until you see for
-yourself.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is it?” Ted asked, also breathless with excitement.
-“You wait here now and let me sneak up
-and see.”</p>
-
-<p>“I will crawl back and put up the gun in the passage.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_199">[199]</span>
-Then you come with yours. I can’t believe
-my eyes, and I want you to see it and then tell me
-if I am right, or am I losing my mind.”</p>
-
-<p>To Ted, waiting in the distance, it seemed ages
-while Stanley carried out his plan, although in reality
-it was only a few minutes. The eagerly awaited wave
-of the hand came at last, so, picking up his gun, he
-hastened to the side of his companion.</p>
-
-<p>Together they quietly made their way through the
-rent in the mountainside; the walls, jagged and torn,
-rose to a great height on each side of them, and the
-bottom was strewn with a mass of shattered rock.
-When they reached the far end of the passage they
-stopped and stared in awe and amazement at the
-panorama spread before their eyes.</p>
-
-<p>They were standing on the brink of a crater miles
-across in each direction. The floor of the great depression
-was only slightly lower than the spot on which
-they stood. Plots of green grass, fields of huge, black
-boulders, interspersed with islands of tall trees, met
-their gaze whichever way they turned. Whisps and
-jets of steam and smoke rose from crevices in the rockfields,
-showing that the volcano was not yet extinct,
-but obviously it had been many, many centuries since
-there had been an eruption of any importance. In the
-centre lay a lake of large size—it covered at least a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_200">[200]</span>
-square mile. And enclosing the arena on all sides
-rose the stupendous walls of stone and lava, blackened
-with smoke and sulphurous fumes, and of such abruptness
-that they appeared perfectly vertical.</p>
-
-<p>“Good heavens!” Ted gasped. “It looks like the
-Inferno and Paradise combined.”</p>
-
-<p>“It is so terrific and so unbelievable that I am
-stunned. Prehistoric is the word for it—a leaf torn
-from the pages of the world’s history of thousands of
-years ago; perhaps even a million. Look, look!”</p>
-
-<p>Stanley was pointing to a number of black objects
-of rounded form that dotted one of the velvety, green
-areas.</p>
-
-<p>“Wonder how those stones came to be of such uniform
-size, and why they are standing in such evenly
-distributed groups. Some one must have placed them
-there. Why, one of them is moving!”</p>
-
-<p>“They are not stones. They are tortoises. See
-that one? It is the size of a wash-tub, and it’s eating
-grass.”</p>
-
-<p>“And look over there, on the margin of the water—to
-the right,” Ted whispered.</p>
-
-<p>A herd of deer was timidly approaching its favorite
-drinking-place, out in the open where the nervous
-animals had a clear view of their surroundings for
-many yards.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_201">[201]</span>“But the tigers! I don’t see a sign of them anywhere
-except these tracks leading away from here.”</p>
-
-<p>“They must be laying up in their lairs among the
-rocks, or in caves, maybe. Perhaps they come out
-only at night.”</p>
-
-<p>“That makes our work all the harder,” Ted returned.
-“We cannot follow them in there without
-rifles. And if they remain hidden all day long, how
-are we going to get at them?”</p>
-
-<p>“I thought of something just this minute. See that
-ledge right above us? That must be fifty feet from
-the ground. Why not hide up there to-night and
-shoot the beasts as they pass? There will be a full
-moon, so we shall have no trouble in seeing.”</p>
-
-<p>“Great! The very thing! We can stick a fluff of
-white wool on the sights to make them plainer,” Ted
-exclaimed enthusiastically. “We have a number of
-hours to get ready in, but not one too many, so let’s
-get busy right away.”</p>
-
-<p>While two of the soldiers crouched in the opening
-as sentinels, ready to give the alarm at the first sign
-of danger, the others, under the direction of Ted and
-Stanley, rigged up a ladder by winding thongs around
-a spliced pole, up which the two could climb to the
-rock shelf. This required a good deal of time, but
-when the work was finally completed the Americans<span class="pagenum" id="Page_202">[202]</span>
-ascended to the lofty perch, after which they hoisted
-up the guns. There were other ledges above them,
-but the lower one, they thought, was high enough for
-security.</p>
-
-<p>The guards then removed the pole-ladder. Ted and
-Stanley found themselves alone on a narrow ledge,
-and confident that from this strategic position they
-could easily stop the murderous marauders when
-nightfall should induce them to leave their hiding-places
-in quest of victims.</p>
-
-<p>The soldiers, with their officers, departed immediately,
-with instructions to barricade themselves
-in the nearest houses. At first the officers were reluctant
-to leave, but they dared not disobey the command
-to go now and to return early on the following
-morning. They left their woollen cloaks to be used
-as blankets by the watchers, and also a sufficient
-quantity of food.</p>
-
-<p>Ted and Stanley, from their point of vantage, scrutinized
-the saucer-like expanse before them. Probably
-they were the first men to behold the strange
-world within the crater. So long as daylight lasted,
-life in that weird place was peaceful enough. Animals
-were abundant, almost everywhere. Species they had
-not observed before appeared here and there. Besides
-the tortoises and deer, there were herds of wild<span class="pagenum" id="Page_203">[203]</span>
-pigs, armadillos of such great size that they must have
-weighed a ton, ant-eaters resembling the large, banded
-kind, not uncommon in the Amazon country, and
-monkeys with short tails. The creatures seemed to
-live in perfect harmony; they frolicked in play or
-busied themselves searching for food. To look at
-them engaged in their peaceful occupations, one would
-never suspect that such terrible monsters as the tigers
-lurked in their very midst. It was a curious conglomeration
-that defied description, but of the kind
-that the men of ages ago saw and struggled with
-daily.</p>
-
-<p>With the first signs of coming night the animals
-grew restive. The deer moved toward the high,
-barren sides of the crater; the armadillos sought their
-burrows; the tortoises waddled into crevices in the
-rocks, and the other creatures hurried to the forested
-areas. Within the space of half an hour the crater
-appeared deserted. It was ominous. Experience had
-taught the denizens of this strange region to seek their
-shelters before the onrush of darkness.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve loaded the magazines so there will be bursts
-of ten shots,” Ted announced. “That ought to be
-enough, and if it is not, we can let loose another string
-of ten additional ones.”</p>
-
-<p>“If that does not stop them, nothing will.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_204">[204]</span>“This place does not seem so high as I thought,
-somehow or other.”</p>
-
-<p>“The coming darkness and the shadows are deceptive.
-Powerful as they are, the tigers could not possibly
-jump up here.”</p>
-
-<p>“No, of course not. But this is a creepy place,
-just the same. I hope they do not keep us waiting
-very long. I almost think I might get nervous,” Ted
-laughed, but the laugh sounded hollow and was without
-mirth. It seemed as if the experience would be
-more exciting and less enjoyable than they had anticipated.</p>
-
-<p>Just then a black apparition swept past their faces,
-not a yard away, on silent wings, and settled on the
-ledge near by. When it hooted dismally they knew
-it was an owl.</p>
-
-<p>“Wow!” Stanley exclaimed. “I’ll say it’s creepy
-here. And we are in for a whole night of it. They
-took the ladder away so we can’t get down if we
-want to. Come on, tigers; this suspense is worse
-than fighting you.”</p>
-
-<p>And, almost before he knew it, his wish was gratified.</p>
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_205">[205]</span>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XVIII<br>
-
-<small>THE MAN IN THE CRATER</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">When</span> the sun plunged into the masses of yellowish
-mist that clung to the rim of the crater a bright moon
-was already high in the heavens. The transformation
-from day to night was sudden, for in the tropics the
-light fades abruptly, and darkness swoops upon the
-land almost as a black cloud scurrying across the face
-of the sun obliterates the brilliant radiance in a short
-space of time.</p>
-
-<p>The soft moonlight, in streaks and splashes, and the
-long, creeping shadows made the floor of the crater
-seem weird and unreal. A streak of silvery light lay
-across the smooth surface of the lake, and as the two
-men, crouching on the narrow ledge, gazed in fascination
-at it, the mirror-like water was broken by ripples
-that appeared here and there like little pools and lines
-of sparkling jewels. The creatures that were coming
-out for their nocturnal frolic, but which could not be
-clearly distinguished, swam in circles or straight lines
-and dived with great splashes. Only their heads, like
-black dots, could be seen on the surface of the water.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_206">[206]</span>“They may be some kind of a muskrat, like the
-<i>nutria</i> of the Argentine, or like the water opossums,”
-Stanley suggested. “Whatever they are, they do
-not seem to be afraid of anything, for, look, one is
-heading for the shore.”</p>
-
-<p>“I suppose the tigers don’t bother them; they are
-too small to make even a mouthful.”</p>
-
-<p>A herd of very large, black animals, with low-swinging
-heads and short, curved horns suddenly hove into
-sight. They emerged from a clump of forest in a
-long, straggling formation, and moved to the centre
-of the largest clearing.</p>
-
-<p>“Buffaloes,” Stanley gasped. “A herd of buffaloes.
-But what are they doing out in the open?”</p>
-
-<p>“I should think they would hide at night, like the
-other animals we saw. But they do not seem to be
-worrying about anything.”</p>
-
-<p>A shrill wail rose clear and piercing from somewhere
-in the darkness and echoed back and forth among the
-rocky walls. It was not repeated.</p>
-
-<p>“That sounds like a puma,” Ted hazarded after
-listening in vain for a repetition of the cry. “I wonder
-what next!”</p>
-
-<p>Just then one of the buffaloes gave a sharp bellow of
-alarm. The herd became charged with life instantly,
-and rushed into a compact mass so quickly it was impossible<span class="pagenum" id="Page_207">[207]</span>
-to follow their movements. But when they
-again became quiet it was seen that they were standing
-in a solidly packed circle. The cows and calves
-were in the centre, and the males, facing outward with
-lowered heads and bristling horns, formed an unbroken
-stockade around them.</p>
-
-<p>“Now I see their scheme,” Stanley exclaimed.
-“They have taken their stand for the night out in the
-open, where they have a chance for their lives. I
-doubt if even the sabre-tooths would dare charge that
-front of horns and hoofs. In the forest they could
-pick them off singly without much trouble, but——”</p>
-
-<p>A small stone struck Ted’s shoulder, dropped to the
-ledge, bounded off, and rattled down to the ground.</p>
-
-<p>“Where did that come from?” he asked with a
-start.</p>
-
-<p>They looked up along the face of the stone wall, but
-saw nothing.</p>
-
-<p>“Just a loose fragment,” Stanley explained with a
-nervous laugh. “Probably small pieces are dropping
-all of the time, or an owl may have started it in
-alighting.”</p>
-
-<p>Again they strained their eyes toward the moonlit
-floor of the crater.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t remember seeing that stone before—the
-one right below and a little to the left.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_208">[208]</span>“Nor I. But it must have been there, just the same,
-for stones can’t walk.”</p>
-
-<p>“How smooth and round it looks. The moonlight
-and shadows make it appear more conspicuous than
-before; that is why we notice it now.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes; I guess you are right.”</p>
-
-<p>Another pebble came rattling down from above,
-struck the ledge, and bounded down into the crater.</p>
-
-<p>“There is something up there. Stones like that
-would not drop one at a time unless something started
-them,” Ted whispered. “I am going to watch the
-top while you keep your eyes on the bottom.”</p>
-
-<p>But a short time elapsed. Stanley nudged his
-companion.</p>
-
-<p>“Look!” he whispered. “The smooth, round stone
-is moving. It is creeping along as stealthily as the
-shadows themselves, and it is coming in our direction.
-It must be an animal of some kind.”</p>
-
-<p>“There is one above, too,” Ted returned with bated
-breath. “They are stalking us from the top and the
-bottom.”</p>
-
-<p>Stanley quickly looked upward. What he saw
-made him gasp. A massive head was clearly outlined
-against the dark rock of the wall, and a pair of
-eyes, blazing with a green fire, seemed to pierce him
-through.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_209">[209]</span>“The guns, the guns; quick!” he panted, “before
-it springs. Don’t mind the one below——”</p>
-
-<p>Ted was tugging at his weapon.</p>
-
-<p>“I can’t. I can’t point it straight up. The angle
-is too great.”</p>
-
-<p>“Kneel down. I will rest it on your shoulder.”</p>
-
-<p>Stanley pulled one of the guns from its mount.
-The great head was now hanging over the edge of the
-shelf on which the creature stood, not ten feet above
-them, and from it came a rumbling growl accompanied
-by a clicking and champing of strong teeth.</p>
-
-<p>Ted had dropped to his knees. Stanley was flat on
-his back trying to bring the bead through the ring
-sight of the gun. But the high lights and shadows
-were deceptive, and before he could align the sights
-the glowing eyes had vanished again. The tiger had
-drawn back for the spring.</p>
-
-<p>“Back! Flatten yourself against the wall,” he
-shouted, throwing himself against the face of the cliff
-and dragging Ted with him.</p>
-
-<p>Something whizzed through the air; there came a
-crunching thud, and then a roar that seemed to make
-the earth tremble shattered the death-like silence that
-had reigned in the crater. An instant later a huge,
-dark form catapulted past the crouching men, heavily
-struck the edge of the narrow shelf, and fell to the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_210">[210]</span>
-ground with a crash. Something had gone awry;
-either the brute had miscalculated the distance or
-its footing had given away, and the fall of such a
-heavy creature from the great height must have hurt
-it sorely.</p>
-
-<p>With one accord the two men pulled themselves to
-the edge and looked down. They were just in time
-to see what they had at first mistaken for a stone rise
-to its feet, give one snarl of rage, and then spring
-upon the mass that had fallen from above and was
-thrashing about helplessly on the ground.</p>
-
-<p>As it shot through the air, white teeth, like long
-daggers, glistened in the sides of the wide-open mouth.
-There was no mistake. They were face to face with
-the sabre-toothed tigers.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/i_210fp.jpg" alt=""></div>
-<p class="caption">An instant later a huge, dark form catapulted past the crouching men</p>
-
-<p>Screams and snarls, hoarse bellowings and roars
-cut short by gurgling blood filled the air, mingled with
-the sound of the heavy, struggling bodies. The brutes
-were in a deadly embrace, and rolled over and over
-on the rock-strewn ground, biting, clawing, and tearing
-at one another with all the ferocity of their savage
-nature. The onlookers could not tell whether this
-was the settling of an ancient grudge, or if the tiger
-that had been on the ground had quickly realized the
-helplessness of the one that had fallen from above,
-and had taken advantage of the opportunity to easily
-rid the crater of one of its own kind, of which there<span class="pagenum" id="Page_211">[211]</span>
-may have been more than the limited space could
-conveniently support.</p>
-
-<p>The combat was terrifying, even from a safe distance,
-but of short duration. The aggressor finished
-his work in short order. To the ears of the spellbound
-watchers came the sound of crunching bones
-and rending flesh, mingled with cries of agony and
-fear. And from a distance rose the mournful wail of
-a lone wolf, doubtlessly watching the battle and impatiently
-waiting for its end so that it might feast
-on the remains of the loser. Shadowy forms, also,
-were flitting noiselessly through the air, coming apparently
-from nowhere. They, too, were awaiting their
-share of the spoils.</p>
-
-<p>A few additional plunges of the sword-like teeth and
-the tiger that now was underneath lay still. Then
-the victor arose, shook himself, and calmly walked
-away a few paces, faced the centre of the crater and
-announced his supremacy with an ear-splitting roar.
-But was it really the proclaiming of the winning of a
-battle with one of his own kind, or did the thunderous
-voice convey a challenge? Looking in the direction
-toward which the brute had turned, the two on the
-ledge understood the situation in a flash. In front of
-the terrible creature, and not fifty yards away, stood
-a man.</p>
-
-<p>For a moment the tiger stood still, as if planning<span class="pagenum" id="Page_212">[212]</span>
-its strategy, then it advanced with measured steps,
-moving its head from side to side and growling the
-while. But the man did not stir; he had taken an
-arrow from a pack that he carried slung over one
-shoulder, and was fitting it, without haste, to his bow.</p>
-
-<p>Ted and Stanley stared in horror. Who was the
-man who had dared venture into the crater, alone and
-at night, and who now calmly faced the most powerful
-as well as most savage of all the earth’s living creatures,
-armed with but a bow and a handful of arrows?
-Surely, he must be demented, for any man in his
-right senses would know that such weapons were of
-little avail against such an adversary.</p>
-
-<p>At five paces from its victim the tiger stopped. It
-crouched low. The head was resting between the
-forepaws; the tail, which was short and thick, twitched
-nervously from side to side. Was the great beast surprised
-and puzzled by the audacity of the mancreature?
-Or was it preparing for the spring?</p>
-
-<p>The man, without haste, raised his bow, grasping
-the tough wooden arc and the shaft of the arrow with
-his left hand while with his right he began steadily
-and firmly to draw back the cord. The upper part
-of his body was bare, and there was the rippling play
-of powerful muscles in arms and shoulders straining
-to the limit of endurance.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_213">[213]</span><i>Crack!</i> The arrow fell to the ground and the bow
-straightened with a twang. The string had snapped
-under the terrific strain. The weapon was useless.
-But the man was not dismayed by the misfortune.
-He threw it from him and calmly drew a short sword
-from his belt; then he crouched forward to await the
-onslaught of the tiger.</p>
-
-<p>Stanley sprang to his gun and Ted was not long in
-following his action.</p>
-
-<p>“We must save him,” the former shrieked.</p>
-
-<p>A string of shots rattled forth in quick succession
-as pointed tongues of flame leaped from the muzzle
-of the gun. Another followed immediately and the
-gunners took their eyes from the sights and anxiously
-looked for the result of the fusillade. Some of the
-bullets had found their mark. The great beast was
-rolling on its back, clawing the air with frantic and
-convulsive movements, and tearing at its own shoulders
-and sides. Screams of pain came from its throat.
-But its struggles did not last long. It lay still save
-for an occasional moan and quiver, then even these
-signs of life stopped.</p>
-
-<p>“Run! Run for your life!” Stanley shouted to
-the man. “There may be another one near by.
-Come this way. There is a ladder at the foot of the
-cliff.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_214">[214]</span>“I am not afraid,” the man replied. “I came here
-to fight the demons.”</p>
-
-<p>“But your bow is useless; you have only a knife,
-and that is little more than worthless against such
-creatures.”</p>
-
-<p>“I will come up to you because I want to talk with
-you. After that I shall return to the crater.”</p>
-
-<p>The man started toward them in a leisurely manner.</p>
-
-<p>“I never saw such courage before. It borders on
-recklessness.”</p>
-
-<p>“He must be crazy or trying to do away with himself,”
-Ted said emphatically. “Wonder who he can
-be?”</p>
-
-<p>“The voice sounded familiar. I am sure I have
-heard it before, often. Do you realize that he saved
-our lives? The <i>whiz</i> we heard over our heads just
-as the tiger above us was about to spring was caused
-by an arrow. He saw our position and knew that it
-was hopeless, so he shot at the animal and wounded
-it; that destroyed its aim and it missed us, barely
-striking the edge of the shelf and falling to the ground.
-If it hadn’t been for him the brute should have dropped
-on top of us.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, it was a narrow escape, and I am glad we
-were able to repay the fellow in kind. But I want
-to meet him and thank him for his action, anyway.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_215">[215]</span>There was the scraping of the tall pole-ladder against
-the face of the rock, and a moment later the man’s
-head and shoulders appeared over the rim of the
-ledge. The two grasped his hands and helped him up.</p>
-
-<p>His face was youthful. Ted and Stanley knew
-they had seen it somewhere. And his body, while
-inclined to be slender, was of strong, athletic build.
-His only article of clothing was a short tunic of a dark
-color, so tattered that it hung from him in strips and
-fringes of thread.</p>
-
-<p>“You killed the demon,” he said in a voice touched
-with sadness. “Why did you do it?”</p>
-
-<p>“To save you, of course. Your weapon was broken.
-You had only a sword left. And, anyway, you saved
-our lives, so we were but repaying an honorable debt,”
-Stanley said in surprise.</p>
-
-<p>“I was not afraid. I am not a coward.”</p>
-
-<p>“No one could ever call you a coward after seeing
-what we saw. But it was only natural that we should
-see your danger and do what we could to help you out
-of it. A man armed with only a sword would have
-small chance against such a large, ferocious beast.”</p>
-
-<p>“I was not afraid to die. It would not have mattered,
-anyway,” the man said sadly.</p>
-
-<p>“Tell us,” Stanley urged, “how did you happen to
-be in the crater at this time of the night, and alone?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_216">[216]</span>“To prove to myself that, no matter what I may
-have been or may have done in the past, I am not a
-coward at heart.”</p>
-
-<p>“No one called you a coward.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, imploring your forgiveness for the contradiction.
-You called me that very loathsome thing.”</p>
-
-<p>“I?” in surprise. “When?”</p>
-
-<p>The man hesitated. His demeanor was so humble
-and he appeared so downcast that the two were sorry
-for him.</p>
-
-<p>“I will take it all back,” Stanley apologized, holding
-out his hand. “You are as courageous as any one I
-have ever seen.”</p>
-
-<p>“Do you not know me?” The man came a few
-steps nearer and turned his face full into the moonlight.
-“Look into my face. I am Quizquiz!”</p>
-
-<p>“Quizquiz!” both the Americans exclaimed in
-astonishment.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“Impossible.”</p>
-
-<p>“Look closely! Now do you recognize me?” He
-came still nearer and quietly submitted to their scrutiny.</p>
-
-<p>“As I live, it is Quizquiz, but it cannot be the one
-we knew.” Stanley could hardly believe his eyes.
-“The Quizquiz who was king was treacherous, cruel,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_217">[217]</span>
-cowardly, and bloodthirsty; the person who stands
-before us has proved by his actions to-night that he
-does not know fear, at least, and such valor must have
-other noble qualities for companions.”</p>
-
-<p>“The same body, but not the same spirit, stands
-before you. Yesterday I was king, with all the evil
-traits you mentioned, and more too. To-day, I rank
-with the lowliest—I am nobody in the sight of men,
-but I have found my true self. That is worth all it
-cost.”</p>
-
-<p>“Tell us, how did you get into the crater?”</p>
-
-<p>“When, at your command, the sun became darkened,
-I was seized with panic and fled, blinded by fear
-and terror. I knew not where I went. And when
-daylight came again I found myself in this frightful
-place. Fearing pursuit, I hid in the first crevice in
-the rocks—it would scarcely admit my body—and
-waited. Darkness came and with it great monsters
-emerged from their lairs in the caves. First one, then
-another, found my hiding-place, but the opening was
-too small to admit their massive heads. There they
-stood, screaming and roaring, and blowing their hot
-breath into my face until I fainted. When I came to,
-the demons had gone; soon they returned carrying in
-their mouths the bodies of the luckless soldiers they
-had slain in the valley. One stopped not ten paces<span class="pagenum" id="Page_218">[218]</span>
-from my place of concealment and, in full view, proceeded
-to eat its victim; for minutes that seemed like
-ages I was compelled to lie quietly with the sound
-of tearing flesh and splintering bones in my ears.
-And then it came to me suddenly, like the lightning
-flash in the sky. I was to blame for all this. It was
-my wrong-doings that had caused untold discontent
-and suffering in my kingdom. With vainglorious
-pride I had listened to the flatterers, had followed
-their suggestions, and had rewarded them lavishly at
-the expense of the wise, the just, and the good. It
-was too late to undo these wrongs or to right the injustices
-of which I had been guilty; but I still had the
-opportunity to prove to myself that I could be a
-worthy son of Huayna Capac, then return and
-ask for a merited punishment. My spirit is now at
-ease.”</p>
-
-<p>“Villac Umu was the cause of your downfall, was
-he not?”</p>
-
-<p>“He was my instructor and adviser so long back
-as I can remember.”</p>
-
-<p>“Were you not governed entirely by his advice?”</p>
-
-<p>“I blame only myself. As king, I was not compelled
-to listen to any one. I alone am responsible for
-everything, and deserve the most merciless punishment.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_219">[219]</span>“Of course you realize that you are no longer king.
-You are a fugitive from justice, while we are now masters.
-The tables are turned. You prepared the most
-fiendish torture that could be devised for us; naturally
-you must expect us to treat you in the same manner.”</p>
-
-<p>“I am in your hands. Do as you see fit.”</p>
-
-<p>Quizquiz fumbled at his belt; then he fell upon his
-knees.</p>
-
-<p>“On bended knees I give to you the crimson fringe
-to which I have no further right. Take it, wear it,
-and may your God and mine protect you.”</p>
-
-<p>His head was bowed in deepest humiliation. In his
-extended hand he held the <i>borla</i>, the Inca’s badge of
-authority.</p>
-
-<p>Stanley took it almost reverently.</p>
-
-<p>“Quizquiz”—Stanley’s voice was tense with emotion—“we
-are not unmindful of the fact that to-night
-you were the means of saving our lives, and we are
-not ungrateful. But neither can we forget your previous
-character. The welfare of a nation depends
-upon us. We cannot sacrifice it. You admitted your
-guilt; you deserve the severest punishment possible.
-Therefore, you will now consider yourself our prisoner.
-Do you consent to arrest, or shall we use violence?”</p>
-
-<p>“I give myself into your keeping freely, and I know
-that the worst you can do to me will not be half so<span class="pagenum" id="Page_220">[220]</span>
-much as I deserve. Here are my hands—bind them—then
-my feet, too.”</p>
-
-<p>“No, we shall not bind you. We are not afraid of
-you, or that you will escape. Go to the far end of
-the ledge and sit down with your back toward the
-wall. Our guns will be trained upon you; one move,
-and you die, understand?”</p>
-
-<p>“Your words are very plain. I will do as you
-command,” and he took up his station in the spot
-indicated.</p>
-
-<p>Ted and Stanley, while never for an instant relaxing
-their vigilance, discussed at length the amazing
-turn events had taken. The problem that confronted
-them was a perplexing one. Had they encountered
-the old Quizquiz they had known it would have been
-an easy matter to dispose of him. But the new Quizquiz
-was a different person, endowed with the very
-virtues the other had lacked. There was also this to
-consider: was he sincere? Would his goodness last,
-or was he but playing a game with the hope of regaining
-the throne, when his old character should again
-assert itself in all its viciousness?</p>
-
-<p>The problem, therefore, that they discussed far into
-the night, but for which they were unable to find the
-solution, was: “What shall we do with Quizquiz?”</p>
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_221">[221]</span>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XIX<br>
-
-<small>THE BREACH IN THE MOUNTAIN IS CLOSED</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p>“<span class="smcap">I hope</span> the two dead tigers down there are not
-the only ones that remained in the crater. It would
-be a pity to exterminate such a wonderful species,”
-Stanley said toward morning. They had watched
-throughout the long hours of the night without seeing
-more of the beasts. So long as the moon shone observation
-had been comparatively easy, but when
-the bright disk dipped behind the crater walls the
-darkness was intense. They strained their eyes and
-ears but saw or heard nothing.</p>
-
-<p>“It does seem a pity to destroy all of them, but
-what else can we do? If they are not killed they will
-eventually wipe out the people,” Ted returned.</p>
-
-<p>“Quizquiz!” Stanley called to the crouching form
-that had not stirred from its place on the ledge. “You
-spent last night in the crater. Were there many of
-the creatures you call demons, but which are in reality
-tigers? Did you see more than two?”</p>
-
-<p>“There were more than two. There were more
-than four. I saw five from my crevice in the rocks
-after I had regained my senses and looked out.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_222">[222]</span>“I wonder why we saw only two to-night?”</p>
-
-<p>“I saw a third and a fourth near the lake just before
-the moonlight faded; but the smell of the blood of
-their dead kindred kept them from coming nearer.”</p>
-
-<p>“What? You saw others to-night?” from Stanley
-severely. “Why did you not tell us about it?”</p>
-
-<p>“A prisoner may not speak to his captors unless he
-is spoken to first,” Quizquiz replied meekly.</p>
-
-<p>“You are right. See that you keep your proper
-place at all times.”</p>
-
-<p>When daylight was fairly advanced, Soncco and the
-soldiers appeared in the distance. They approached
-the spot cautiously until Stanley, from his lofty station,
-bade them halt. Soncco alone was commanded
-to advance to the foot of the precipice, but in deference
-to his age Stanley came down the ladder instead of
-asking the elderly man to climb up. Ted remained
-above to keep his eye on the captive, and also to
-watch for signs of life in the crater. He could not
-hear what was being said by the two below, but after
-half an hour Stanley rejoined him, while Soncco remained
-on the ground.</p>
-
-<p>“We have been discussing a number of things,” he
-said in answer to his companion’s inquiring looks.
-“I suggested some of them, Soncco thought of others,
-and still others just grew out of our conversation.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_223">[223]</span>
-First, before anything is decided definitely, I want to
-lay the plans before you so you can express your
-opinion. Whatever we do concerns both of us. Your
-future, as well as mine, depends on the outcome of
-things.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right,” Ted returned, “but I should be perfectly
-willing to intrust the whole matter to you; you
-have done pretty well, so far.”</p>
-
-<p>“Thanks! But I will let you help. Now, first,
-here is the crater. From all we can see of it it does
-not possess much value as an agricultural proposition.
-There are scores of queer animals in there that probably
-do not exist anywhere else on the face of the earth.
-If we let the people go in there the animals will be
-exterminated in short order. We do not want that.
-They are a last remnant of a prehistoric age, just as
-the people in the valley are the last pitiful reminder
-of a once powerful nation, possessing a wonderful
-civilization. Both survived because they were isolated
-from the outer world—and would still be so but
-for us.”</p>
-
-<p>“How can we save them?” Ted asked. “I am in
-favor of it if it can be done.”</p>
-
-<p>“That great wall between Uti and the main valley
-was built to keep the tigers from destroying the people
-years ago,” Stanley said, pointing to the massive<span class="pagenum" id="Page_224">[224]</span>
-structure, the end of which had been undermined
-and destroyed by the explosion. “If that was not
-too much work for them, it will not be too much to
-fill up this little gap.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s a bully idea. We can watch up here while
-the men place the stones in position, and protect
-them if need be. Then life can go on in the crater
-just the same as if we had never found it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Exactly. I am glad you are in favor of that, too.
-Now for the two dead tigers. We must take them out,
-of course, and carry them back home with us. I am
-glad we have them, and we have a clear conscience
-also. We did not destroy them wantonly. And we
-did not exterminate the species.”</p>
-
-<p>“I should say we do want to take them home with
-us. They will be the biggest treasure we shall get.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then we must have them dragged out and skinned.
-The skins and skeletons will weigh a lot. Remember,
-the same weight in gold would be worth a fortune.”</p>
-
-<p>“I would rather have the animals. Some museum
-will be glad to have them, and they will create no end
-of discussions. Now we ought to make a solemn
-pledge—never to tell any one of this place, or how
-to get to it. We shall have the proof that we were
-in some prehistoric spot, and that will have to be
-enough.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_225">[225]</span>“It’s a go. Shake! Now that is settled. Soncco
-wants to have the coronation at once. I want him to
-hold off a while. We must have time to learn more of
-our respective jobs before undertaking the responsibility
-of them. How does that strike you?”</p>
-
-<p>“Very sensible, I should say. Let’s call together
-all the amautas in the valley and ask them questions.
-They can tell us all we ought to know.”</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll do that. Last of all is the proposition of
-having Quizquiz on our hands. But we can come to
-no decision about him just now. Time may make a
-difference in the attitude we should assume toward
-him. We must be perfectly fair and see that no injustice
-is done any one.”</p>
-
-<p>“That seems to answer the question for the time
-being. He is our prisoner and we can take our time
-in deciding what his fate shall be.”</p>
-
-<p>Stanley went back down the ladder and, after a
-short conversation with Soncco, the latter commanded
-the soldiers to advance. He then placed himself at
-the head of the column and led it through the passage
-into the crater. There, under his direction, they
-fastened thongs to the legs of the great animals, and
-after an infinite amount of tugging and panting succeeded
-in dragging the heavy carcasses out into the
-valley. Then they built a fire in the far end of the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_226">[226]</span>
-gap, after which Ted and Quizquiz, the latter with a
-cloth covering his face, came down from the ledge, and
-while messengers returned to the city for laborers the
-two Americans examined their prizes, measured them,
-and made numerous notes upon their appearance.
-The monsters were terrible even in death. They
-were the size of a grizzly bear and of a uniformly
-tawny color. The head and shoulders were massive
-and showed that the brutes possessed unrivalled
-strength. A short but thick mane of coarse hair grew
-on the neck, although it was not so abundant as the
-mane of a lion. From each side of the mouth protruded
-a long, curved tooth, sharp and dagger-like. It
-was these terrible weapons, a foot long, coupled with
-the powerful claws, that made the tigers so formidable,
-and enabled them to kill without danger to themselves
-every denizen of the crater world excepting only the
-buffaloes, whose safety lay in concerted action. The
-tail was short and thick.</p>
-
-<p>One of the animals, the one that had fallen from
-the high ledge, had been so badly mauled that its
-skin was torn to shreds in numerous places. The
-other was in perfect condition; it had been struck by
-five of the twenty shots fired from the machine-gun.</p>
-
-<p>Ted and Stanley lost no time in beginning the preparation
-of their prizes, after having recorded the necessary<span class="pagenum" id="Page_227">[227]</span>
-observations. At their request Soncco detailed
-a dozen soldiers to do the work under their direction.
-The natives were wide-eyed with wonder at sight of the
-strange creatures, and marvelled over the fact that
-the Americans had been able to slay them, for, according
-to their traditions, they were demons that had best
-be pacified with offerings of victims, and not attacked
-and vanquished. But so accustomed were they to the
-rigid discipline of army life that they dared not question
-the orders that had been given them, and fell to
-work in a mechanical manner.</p>
-
-<p>While some worked at removing the skins, others
-began to scrape the bones. When the skins were finally
-free from the flesh they were stretched on frames of
-poles and raised to a vertical position. Soon a black
-speck appeared in the sky, then another, and another,
-until a score of vultures were circling overhead, drawing
-constantly nearer and moving their bare heads
-from side to side as they scanned the ground for the
-food they had sensed from a distance.</p>
-
-<p>At a word from Soncco the men stepped back a few
-yards and stood motionless. Then the repulsive birds
-swooped down and hovering in front of the hides pecked
-and tore at the particles of flesh that clung to them
-until they were clean, so that they could dry without
-spoiling. The skins themselves were not in the least<span class="pagenum" id="Page_228">[228]</span>
-injured by the birds; only the superfluous tissue had
-been removed, and the men were saved the trouble
-of scraping and dressing them down.</p>
-
-<p>After that, the bones of both tigers were taken to
-an ant-hill and buried in the loose mound. In a few
-days they too would be perfectly clean, and could be
-taken out and packed for transportation.</p>
-
-<p>“If we had rifles we could make a complete collection
-of all the species in the crater,” Ted exclaimed.
-“There is not another one like it in the world.”</p>
-
-<p>“The temptation to do that would be strong, so I
-am glad we have no rifles.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, it is best to let them stay where they are and
-to live their lives as was intended rather than preserve
-them in a glass case.”</p>
-
-<p>By this time a detachment of the laborers arrived.
-This group had been recruited from the nearest village
-and brought camping equipment and supplies. Soncco
-immediately put them to work erecting tents for the
-Americans, and when this had been accomplished the
-two retired for a much-needed rest. The aged amauta
-had urged them again to return to the city, but they
-steadfastly refused, saying that the safety of the populace
-was their first consideration. Their own comfort
-could wait. How different was their conduct
-from that of the deposed Inca! Although they had<span class="pagenum" id="Page_229">[229]</span>
-been raised to the highest ranks by popular acclamation,
-their request that the people refrain from showing
-signs of homage were wonderingly respected; and
-their orders were instantly obeyed. That was sufficient
-for the present. It would inspire that confidence
-and admiration that would be the greatest
-asset in the long run.</p>
-
-<p>Quizquiz, unrecognized, shared their quarters with
-them. No one dared question them upon any matter
-whatever, so their secret was safe.</p>
-
-<p>It was not until the following morning that the
-laborers arrived in numbers. A roaring fire had been
-kept burning in the passage throughout the night, and
-there had been no attempt on the part of the tigers
-to force this barrier. That more of the ferocious
-creatures did exist in the crater, however, was proven
-by the occasional roar that issued from the dark
-regions beyond the fire.</p>
-
-<p>Being unacquainted with the working methods of
-the Indians, Stanley turned the proposition of building
-the wall over to Soncco, who in turn immediately
-placed one of the chief masons in complete charge of
-the undertaking. The latter proceeded in a most
-businesslike manner. He divided his workmen into
-squads and assigned to each its respective duty.</p>
-
-<p>There being need of great haste, the master mason<span class="pagenum" id="Page_230">[230]</span>
-had decided to erect a temporary obstruction first.
-Some of the workers brought baskets of earth and
-pebbles from the river-bank, carrying their burdens on
-their shoulders, and dumped them into the opening.
-Others picked out the smaller fragments of stone from
-the débris of the tumbled-down section of the great
-wall, and of the avalanche that had slid down the
-mountainside, and threw them into the breach. It
-was surprising to see how rapidly the heap of material
-grew in height as the unbroken line of toilers filed past
-and deposited the contents of their baskets.</p>
-
-<p>Nor did they pause in their labors for food or drink.
-At frequent intervals they crammed handfuls of coca-leaves
-into their mouths, which they chewed or held
-in their cheeks so that they bulged out like a gopher’s.
-The effect of the drug derived from the dried leaves
-was to deaden all feelings of thirst, hunger, and fatigue.
-At night they ate a large quantity of thick porridge,
-made by boiling ground maize in water; after eating,
-each man took off his <i>poncho</i>, or cape, wrapped it tightly
-about himself, and lay down on the bare ground
-to sleep.</p>
-
-<p>By the end of the second day the ridge of earth and
-pebbles had reached a height of fifteen yards, and
-preparations were made to begin work on the wall
-proper on the following morning. The skilled masons<span class="pagenum" id="Page_231">[231]</span>
-had been engaged during this time in hewing the
-blocks of stone intended for the permanent structure.
-They used mallets of stone and chisels of tempered
-copper.</p>
-
-<p>The stones for the first layer, or foundation, were of
-large size and very heavy. They were rolled and
-pried into place by a swarm of workmen who used
-long, stout poles as levers. This accomplished, the
-horde again took up its baskets and brought pebbles
-and earth as heretofore. But this time the material
-was thrown on the ground in front of the wall-base
-and tamped into place, forming an inclined plane, the
-higher end of which was level with the top of the row
-of stones already in place. Other blocks of granite
-were now pried and rolled on the first tier; then the
-sloping plane was immediately filled in to reach the
-top of this layer.</p>
-
-<p>Thus the work continued for thirty days. And
-when the wall had reached the height of fifty feet it
-was considered finished. The tigers were again shut
-off from the valley, isolated in their own little world,
-to live their lives free from the destructive influences
-of man, and the inhabitants of the Inca’s domain were
-safe from the attacks of the ferocious creatures. Ted
-and Stanley felt sure that the Indians would never
-reopen the passage; they held the great beasts in superstitious<span class="pagenum" id="Page_232">[232]</span>
-awe and were afraid of them, and were only
-too glad to keep them prisoner where they belonged.</p>
-
-<p>The workers now removed the material forming
-the inclined plane, leaving the wall straight and true,
-rising from the foot of the escarpment, with each
-stone exposed to view. As this task was one not requiring
-their supervision, and would take a long time,
-for the earth and pebbles were scooped into baskets
-and returned to the places from which they had
-been taken, the two Americans did not stay to see its
-completion.</p>
-
-<p>They had spent the days in serious discussions with
-Soncco, and others of the amautas were sent for at
-times. The policy of the new government was considered
-minutely; reforms were considered; and, after
-numerous secret sessions to which Ted and Stanley
-admitted only Soncco, the fate of Quizquiz was definitely
-decided. Their power and authority was supreme;
-they would use them as they saw fit, and the
-example they had determined to set was one the people
-would never forget.</p>
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_233">[233]</span>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XX<br>
-
-<small>THE KING IS CROWNED</small></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">The</span> way back to the city was short, and Ted and
-Stanley, accompanied only by Soncco and the disguised
-Quizquiz timed their march so as to arrive
-after nightfall. They did not want to be observed
-by the populace. The white-haired amautas, who
-were on the lookout, took them directly to the royal
-palace—the one that had been occupied by the late
-Huayna Capac, and more recently by Quizquiz.</p>
-
-<p>“In the olden days each ruler had his own residence,”
-Soncco apologized. “When an Inca died his
-palace was closed forever and a new one built for his
-successor. But there is so little room in the valley
-that the same edifice is used by all the rulers. But
-the old furnishings are always destroyed and new ones
-provided.”</p>
-
-<p>“That is perfectly all right so far as we are concerned.
-We shall retire at once. Come back early in
-the morning; there are a million things to do,” Stanley
-replied. Then to Ted, after the amauta had gone:
-“We shall have our hands full for quite a while. Their<span class="pagenum" id="Page_234">[234]</span>
-whole system of government will have to be studied,
-but we must make as few changes as possible.”</p>
-
-<p>At daybreak the two were awakened by the chatter
-and whistling of troupials in the garden. Further sleep
-was impossible, so they went out into the crisp air to
-view their surroundings and to witness the birth of
-the new day.</p>
-
-<p>“What gorgeous birds!” Ted exclaimed when he discovered
-the source of the early serenade. “It’s a
-pity their voices are not so beautiful as their feathers.”</p>
-
-<p>A number of troupials, or orioles, of a black-and-yellow
-color were confined in cages suspended from the
-lower branches of the trees. They were of a fearless
-and happy disposition and pecked at the fingers of
-the men when they thrust them between the golden
-wires of the little prisons.</p>
-
-<p>The two wandered between the trees and flowers
-for some time. Among the growing, blossoming plants
-were clumps of artificial ones wrought in gold and
-silver. They admired and marvelled at the extravagant
-beauty of the garden; and to think that it was
-all theirs!</p>
-
-<p>The murmur of water came to their ears, and following
-the sound they came upon a basin hewn in the
-solid stone and lined with silver. It was the Inca’s
-bath. Streams of water flowing from silver tubes<span class="pagenum" id="Page_235">[235]</span>
-poured into the pool on two sides. Vines covered
-with brilliant flowers formed a canopy over it.</p>
-
-<p>“Just what I have been looking for,” Stanley exclaimed
-gleefully. “I have not had a bath in ages.”</p>
-
-<p>“Huayna Capac would turn in his grave if he saw
-us profane the sacred bath of the Incas.”</p>
-
-<p>“Let him turn. I am certainly going in for a swim.”</p>
-
-<p>“If you can, I will too.”</p>
-
-<p>They splashed about for a while and had hardly
-finished dressing again when Soncco appeared and
-greeted them with a low bow.</p>
-
-<p>“I am at the service of the king,” he said humbly.</p>
-
-<p>“Remember,” Stanley rebuked him, “I do not
-want to be addressed that way. And stop the bowing—at
-least for a while. What news?”</p>
-
-<p>“Villac Umu has been captured.”</p>
-
-<p>“Good work! Now we have both the troublemakers.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is your pleasure regarding him?”</p>
-
-<p>“Keep him prisoner—closely guarded. Feed him
-all he can eat and do not mistreat him in any way.
-He shall have a fair trial.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why not have him brought here so we can
-keep him under observation and size him up?” Ted
-asked.</p>
-
-<p>“I have no objection. Bring him to the palace.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_236">[236]</span>
-And now about the meeting: have all the nobles here
-to-morrow morning an hour after sunrise. Above all
-things, do not let out the secret that Quizquiz is here.
-That must remain absolutely unknown.”</p>
-
-<p>Soncco, forgetting himself, bowed and departed.
-The two returned to their apartments and spent the
-day examining the wonders of the palace and in questioning
-Quizquiz.</p>
-
-<p>The next day the council chamber was packed with
-the nobles who had been gathered together by Soncco.
-They formed a silent and expectant mass. It was
-their first official visit to the new sovereign they had
-chosen during the moment of darkness and terror
-when the eclipse had wiped out the light of the sun.
-Ted and Stanley felt the importance of the occasion.
-Their future might depend upon the way they handled
-the situation. They must impress the assembly favorably
-and more firmly establish their power over it.
-For these reasons they consented to use the thrones
-that stood at one end of the room, but were concealed
-from the assembly by heavy curtains.</p>
-
-<p>Attendants drew aside the draperies slowly, and as
-the two Americans were revealed the nobles bowed
-low their heads in homage and reverence, nor did they
-raise them until Stanley spoke.</p>
-
-<p>“Quizquiz is no longer king by reason of his desertion<span class="pagenum" id="Page_237">[237]</span>
-of his throne and because you, the nobility of the
-nation, have declared his reign at an end,” he said
-without rising. “By popular acclamation I have been
-chosen his successor.”</p>
-
-<p>Not a sound interrupted the speech. All ears were
-strained so as not to lose a single word.</p>
-
-<p>“My first and only desire in accepting the lofty
-office is to serve the people. This sounds strange to
-you. But the welfare and happiness of the nation
-must be brought about, and I shall work toward that
-end. In order to accomplish this it is only just and
-proper that the people should have a voice in their
-government through chosen representatives from the
-various districts. Theirs shall be the duty to meet
-and discuss the needs of the populace, and to advise
-the king of them, and to act with him in council.
-Therefore, the first step under the new régime is to
-secure these representatives.”</p>
-
-<p>Soncco, who had been in the front of the gathering,
-now came forward and stood on the left side of the
-golden chairs on which Ted and Stanley were seated;
-after bowing to the two he turned and faced the audience.
-It was necessary for him to assume this position
-in addressing the gathering, for it was unlawful
-for any one to turn his back upon the ruler.</p>
-
-<p>“It has been decreed by our most wise sovereign,”<span class="pagenum" id="Page_238">[238]</span>
-he began in a solemn voice, “that two representatives
-shall be chosen from each of the twelve districts—one
-to be a noble and the other from among the common
-people, and in the following manner. On the day of
-the election all the men must gather in the respective
-capitals of the various districts to make their choice.
-The office is open to any man above thirty years of
-age. Those who seek election must present themselves
-in the public square and stand facing the sun, twenty
-paces apart; they may not ask support of any one, but
-each may briefly state his policy so that every one may
-hear. One hour after sunrise each voter will fall in
-line in back of the candidate of his choosing. The
-groups will then be counted by the resident chief of
-the district, and the man having the greatest number
-of supporters will be declared elected for a term of
-two years. If any candidate solicits a vote, or if any
-voter sells his ballot, he will be guilty of a crime; the
-penalty for either offense shall be disqualification to
-ever vote again or to ever hold office. Furthermore,
-the offender shall work for a period of one hundred
-days in the public fields, clothed in a distinctive black
-mantle of disgrace. If there be any one who would
-ask questions, let him speak!”</p>
-
-<p>An avalanche of queries were hurled at the speaker
-and for a moment he was nonplussed.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_239">[239]</span>“One at a time,” Stanley ordered, and then the
-commotion subsided.</p>
-
-<p>Soncco was kept busy explaining the matter for
-over two hours, but finally they understood. It was
-all so different, so unheard of, that at first they could
-not comprehend the situation.</p>
-
-<p>Before dismissing the assembly Stanley ordered
-them all to return to their homes without delay and
-in a series of mass-meetings explain the tidings to the
-inhabitants of the valley. At the end of twenty days
-the elections were to be held, and at the end of thirty
-days the representatives were to report to the Coricancha
-for the coronation of their ruler and for the
-inauguration into their new offices.</p>
-
-<p>“We cannot do everything,” Stanley said to Ted
-when they were alone after the meeting. “Changes
-in government come slowly, and if they are too radical
-and too complicated they cause only confusion. All
-we can do here is to point out the right road; then let
-them find their own way. In the long run it is they,
-not we, who must work out their salvation.”</p>
-
-<p>“Even at that it will be one of the biggest steps forward
-they have made in ages. I believe we are accomplishing
-something well worth while. To have a
-whole nation in one’s absolute power, and to set it
-on its feet, is a thing the greatest statesmen in the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_240">[240]</span>
-world are trying to do at this very minute, and without
-glaring success either.”</p>
-
-<hr class="tb">
-
-<p>The ensuing thirty days were busy ones for Ted
-and Stanley. Each morning they received the amautas
-and spent several hours in conversation with them.
-After that they strolled in the garden with its marvellous
-flowers, gorgeous birds, and sparkling fountains.
-The afternoons were spent closeted with Quizquiz,
-whose presence they had succeeded in keeping
-secret save only for Soncco and a few trusted guards.
-They received reports daily from the caciques, or
-chiefs, of the various districts who were conducting
-the search for the supposed fugitive, and these reports,
-of course, always admitted failure to capture the
-elusive Quizquiz.</p>
-
-<p>Villac Umu remained surly and unapproachable.
-The Americans tried in every way to penetrate into
-his real character, and to learn if there was not a single
-good trait in his make-up, but his case proved hopeless.
-He repelled all their advances with sneers and
-threats, and convinced the two that any attempt to
-reason with him was worse than futile. So, after deciding
-definitely the future of Quizquiz, they also
-passed upon the fate of the high priest.</p>
-
-<p>The month passed all too soon. By the end of the
-twenty-second day the representatives from the nearer<span class="pagenum" id="Page_241">[241]</span>
-districts began to arrive. Those from the more remote
-cities did not reach the City of Gold until the
-day before the ceremonies. Each one was accompanied
-by the chief from the district that had sent
-him, and the latter was compelled to vouch for his
-identity and to certify to his proper election. Those
-of noble birth as well as the commoners were given
-quarters in one of the large buildings adjoining the
-Inca’s own residence.</p>
-
-<p>Besides the delegates, hundreds of nobles and a host
-of the populace swarmed to the capital for the great
-event, and these were taken care of either in the
-numerous barracks or in the private houses of the
-city. No one was left without suitable accommodations
-and food, as befitted his rank.</p>
-
-<p>Long before sunrise of the appointed day the crowds
-began to make their way to the great plaza, where
-they took up their stations, silently and expectantly.
-The space had been divided into three sections, the
-limits of each of which was defined by a line of soldiers.
-In the first part, immediately in front of the palace,
-was a raised dais on which the coronation was to take
-place; it was covered with a fringed canopy of snowy
-cloth, and an enclosed passage led from it into the
-royal residence. On each side was a lower platform
-for the newly elected delegates of the people.</p>
-
-<p>The second section was reserved for the nobles.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_242">[242]</span>
-And in the third as many of the populace crowded
-as the space would hold.</p>
-
-<p>The Americans had planned to make the ceremony
-as unpretentious as possible. All the pomp and
-splendor that had previously attended the crowning of
-a sovereign should be lacking. Only those things were
-retained that were absolutely required by the ancient
-code of laws to make the act legal and binding in the
-eyes of the nation. The importance of the occasion
-should impress itself indelibly upon the minds of the
-assembly by its seriousness and simplicity.</p>
-
-<p>The sun was high in the heavens when all was in
-readiness. A single herald stepped from behind the
-curtains that hid the stage from view and, raising a
-silver bugle, blew a loud blast. Instantly all conversation
-was hushed, and a breathless silence fell upon
-the throng. A second blast, but not so loud as the
-first, rang out upon the still, morning air. And then
-a third, so low and plaintive that it was scarcely audible,
-and seemed to die with a sob. Then the trumpeter
-withdrew.</p>
-
-<p>One hundred youths, dressed in simple blue tunics,
-with bare arms and legs, now filed out of the palace
-with slow, measured steps. On their shoulders they
-carried a massive golden chain, each link of which was
-four inches long. They formed a semicircle in front<span class="pagenum" id="Page_243">[243]</span>
-of the soldiers between the first and second sections—a
-kind of barrier between the king and the people.</p>
-
-<p>When they had taken their places six trumpeters
-appeared on the stage and sounded the three blasts,
-as before, in unison. Then the curtains were slowly
-drawn aside revealing the massive throne of wrought
-gold that had been removed from the palace; beside it
-stood Ted, dressed in the robes of Villac Umu, and in
-front of him knelt an attendant holding a white cushion,
-upon which rested the <i>borla</i>, or crimson fringe, that
-had been given to them by Quizquiz on the ledge the
-night he had saved them from the tiger, and which
-was the diadem of the kingly office.</p>
-
-<p>Once more the bugles sounded, but this time it was
-the royal fanfare of twelve loud blasts; it announced
-the coming of the one to be crowned king. At last
-the great moment had arrived. The assembled thousands
-uncovered their heads and reverently awaited
-the appearance of their white ruler.</p>
-
-<p>A single figure walked out upon the stage, clad in a
-simple white tunic and scarlet sandals. Not a jewel,
-not an ornament of gold, adorned the newcomer, and
-this fact alone was unexpected and startling to the
-multitude. But the thing that caused them to gasp
-in even greater astonishment was that the lone figure
-was not Stanley—but Quizquiz. They were speechless<span class="pagenum" id="Page_244">[244]</span>
-with amazement. Where a thunderous roar should
-have greeted the appearance of the sovereign, there
-was the silence of death.</p>
-
-<p>Quizquiz, pale but unafraid, stood in the centre of
-the dais and faced the people. He said nothing, but in
-his eyes there shone a new light that bespoke courage,
-firmness of purpose, and at the same time repentance.
-After standing quietly for a few minutes he spoke in
-a clear, steady voice:</p>
-
-<p>“The past cannot be recalled. You know what my
-conduct was. I have no excuses to make. I was a
-fool. Judge me as you will, do with me as you will.
-I am ready to abide by your decision.”</p>
-
-<p>The surprise had been so overwhelming that for a
-short time no one was able to utter a word. They
-simply stared, unable to believe their eyes. But
-finally Huascar, he who had been condemned to be
-boiled in oil, assumed the rôle of spokesman:</p>
-
-<p>“It is Quizquiz,” he cried hoarsely, “who wanted to
-kill us. Where is the white man who saved all of us
-and who was chosen to be king? Has this evil one
-done away with our benefactor, who came from the
-sky and whose commands even the sun obeys? Is he
-usurping the power given to another and which he so
-shamefully gave up?”</p>
-
-<p>“The white king!” other voices took up the cry.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_245">[245]</span>
-“We want the white king who saved us from the darkness
-and the demons, and——”</p>
-
-<p>At this juncture Stanley, who had been waiting on
-the rear of the stage, thought it best to show himself.
-His appearance was the signal for a demonstration of
-welcome that sounded like the rumble of thunder.</p>
-
-<p>“Hail! Hail the king!” and “Let him be crowned
-at once!” the multitude shouted until Stanley raised
-his hand to command silence.</p>
-
-<p>“I am not unappreciative of this, the greatest of all
-honors, which you offer me,” he said with feeling,
-“and I thank you. My companion and I did not
-come here to rule you.”</p>
-
-<p>“You saved the nation from destruction,” Huascar
-shouted. “Do not desert us now.”</p>
-
-<p>“Our work is finished. Therefore we shall return
-again to our own people.”</p>
-
-<p>“And leave us to the mercy of Quizquiz the Tyrant?
-Never!”</p>
-
-<p>“Wait! Quizquiz is the son of Huayna Capac,
-whom you all loved and venerated for his many noble
-qualities. Does it seem possible that the son of the
-Inca so justly beloved for his kindness, justice, and
-understanding should have inherited none of his
-father’s greatness?”</p>
-
-<p>“He has never shown it. He was cruel and unjust<span class="pagenum" id="Page_246">[246]</span>
-and selfish. He treated us like vermin, and tried to
-exterminate us.”</p>
-
-<p>“No one knows that better than I, unless it is Quizquiz
-himself. But listen, and when you have heard
-my words you will understand; and, understanding,
-you will agree that what we would do is for the best.”</p>
-
-<p>Stanley then related how they had found Quizquiz
-in the crater, alone, and with only a fragile bow and
-arrows, surrounded by strange and terrible beasts, and
-of the courage he displayed in facing them; how he
-had saved their lives when the tiger was about to
-spring upon them, and how he had climbed to the
-ledge and voluntarily surrendered his crown after
-acknowledging the wrongs of his past life. Finally,
-he told of the months during which they had kept him
-under constant observation, and of the decision they
-had reached regarding his future.</p>
-
-<p>“Furthermore,” he concluded, “we have surrounded
-you with safeguards for the future. The code of laws
-has been revised, and the death-penalty abolished, so
-your lives are safe. Every person accused of a crime
-or offense will be considered innocent until proven
-guilty in a fair trial, by the regularly constituted court.
-The king may suggest new laws, or changes in the existing
-ones, but unless two-thirds of the representatives,
-chosen by the people, agree with him they shall
-not be effective. But to all government there must<span class="pagenum" id="Page_247">[247]</span>
-be a head. Quizquiz is your king by law and heritage.
-Respect him as such and he will rule wisely and well
-in return for your devotion. We are sure of this or
-we should not ask you to take him back.”</p>
-
-<p>“Truly, the white man’s words are those of a god,
-and not of a mortal!” Huascar exclaimed. “The
-things he says must be true, for have we not had proof
-of his powers? To keep him here against his wishes
-would be poor gratitude for his goodness—and, anyway,
-he would find a way to leave us if he so desired.
-A great light is dawning upon me. Instead of taking
-advantage of our helplessness, the men from the outer
-world have made over our king and are giving him
-back to us. They could have power and riches, but
-their unselfishness causes them to reject the temptation.
-Let us kneel in gratitude and bless them.”</p>
-
-<p>The words of Huascar had a magical effect, which
-only proves how easily mobs are swayed provided there
-is a strong leader among them. As one man the mass
-of people obeyed, and as they knelt Stanley spoke to
-them for the last time:</p>
-
-<p>“Receive your king with the acclamation that is
-due him,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>Then Quizquiz advanced and extended his hands
-toward his people. The roar that greeted him left no
-doubt in the minds of the Americans of the success of
-their plan. So Ted came forward and placed the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_248">[248]</span>
-crimson fringe on Quizquiz’s head; then he stepped
-back three paces, saluted the new king smartly, and
-followed Stanley into the passage.</p>
-
-<p>Quizquiz descended the steps and taking a sword
-cut a cord that joined two links in the golden chain,
-whereupon the youths carrying it stepped aside,
-leaving an opening in the centre. The Inca then invited
-the twenty-four representatives of the people to
-follow him up the dais and take their places by his
-side. After that he delivered a short address, lauding
-the Americans for their work and thanking them,
-and assuring his subjects that henceforth his life would
-be devoted to their welfare.</p>
-
-<p>The crowd was delirious with joy. It was one of the
-happiest days in the lives of the populace, for, despite
-their denunciation of Quizquiz in the hour of panic,
-old beliefs die hard, and most of them still felt deep in
-their hearts the old reverence for the Child of the Sun,
-and were glad to have him back. And they celebrated
-the festival for a period of ten days. They also rejoiced
-over the fact that Villac Umu, the real cause of
-all the trouble, had been banished to the high slopes,
-to be a herder of llamas.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb">
-
-<p>Quizquiz had arranged an impressive demonstration
-to commemorate the departure of the Americans.
-By his command every inhabitant of the valley capable<span class="pagenum" id="Page_249">[249]</span>
-of making the trip had journeyed to the foot
-of the range that formed the western enclosure of the
-hidden retreat. There was to be a gala celebration,
-after which the strangers would depart through the
-secret pass that opened up once every ten years.</p>
-
-<p>During the first day there were music, dancing, and
-feasting. On the second all the nobles came to bid
-the two farewell, and to offer their well-wishes for a
-safe and speedy return to their homes. On the morning
-of the third day a surprising thing occurred.
-Soncco, who was master of ceremonies, had arranged
-a startling spectacle. At his command a number of
-menials removed the covering from what had appeared
-to be a great heap of wood or stones. To
-their surprise they saw that it was a great mound
-of gold.</p>
-
-<p>“Assembled here is all the treasure in the valley,”
-Soncco said solemnly. “Gold has been the curse of
-the nation, but we are determined to be cursed with
-it no longer. So much of the gold and precious stones
-as one hundred men can carry on their backs will be
-sent with our white friends to the outer world, as a
-token of the Inca’s appreciation of their unselfish service
-to him and to the people. The remainder will
-be destroyed.”</p>
-
-<p>To the astonishment of Ted and Stanley a long
-line of men began filing past the glistening heap.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_250">[250]</span>
-Each one picked up as much of the treasure as he could
-carry, and started up the slope to the rim of one of
-the numerous craters; there the precious burdens were
-dropped into the volcano.</p>
-
-<p>Not until dusk did the homeward journey commence.
-The people had been sent away to their own homes.
-Only Quizquiz and his attendants, Soncco, and the
-hundred soldiers with their officers remained with the
-Americans. After embracing the two the Inca gave
-the officers their final orders. Then he turned to Ted
-and Stanley.</p>
-
-<p>“As I have told you before, the journey to the coast
-is not a long one—ten days at most. You will be
-among my people all of the time, for the trail runs
-through a region into which white men never venture.
-Food will be supplied by the villages through which
-you pass. On the shore of the great water stands the
-town of Tula. There you may safely store your
-treasure until such time as you care to remove it; the
-inhabitants are my faithful subjects, and my orders
-to serve you in every way will not be disobeyed.
-Good-by.”</p>
-
-<p>Soncco accompanied the two to the very end of the
-narrow passage between the seething volcanoes.</p>
-
-<p>“Before you go,” he said with a merry gleam in his
-bright eyes, “I want to tell you something. That<span class="pagenum" id="Page_251">[251]</span>
-eclipse of the sun came at a very opportune moment
-for all of us.”</p>
-
-<p>“What!” both Ted and Stanley exclaimed in chagrin.
-“You knew about it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Of course, and so did all the other amautas, for do
-we not know everything? Eclipses have occurred
-before, and we have records of them, but the Inca and
-the people are not told about such things. If we told
-them everything we know we should lose our standing
-among them.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then why did you help us and seem so reluctant
-about doing it?” Ted asked.</p>
-
-<p>“Because, from my knowledge of you, gained during
-your previous visit here, and also this one, I felt
-that you could be trusted. But I wanted to test you
-in every way so as to be sure. You acted just as I
-expected you would. Quizquiz was getting intolerable,
-and something had to be done. You offered the
-solution.”</p>
-
-<p>“And now, Soncco,” Stanley said smiling, “let me
-tell you something. You made a great show of destroying
-all that treasure. We should have believed
-that you did actually have it thrown into a seething
-volcano were it not for the fact that early this morning
-we saw a number of soldiers go up the slope and
-disappear into the very place they later carried the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_252">[252]</span>
-gold to. The carriers simply handed it over the rim,
-carefully, to those others waiting to receive it. To-morrow,
-no doubt, they will bring it out again.”</p>
-
-<p>Soncco appeared confused and panic-stricken.</p>
-
-<p>“Do not fear,” Stanley hastened to assure him.
-“You said you trusted us. Continue to do so. Your
-secret is safe with us. We shall never return under
-any circumstances, and we shall never tell any one
-else, either. I swear it!”</p>
-
-<p>“And I,” added Ted.</p>
-
-<p>“Good-by. And may the greatest blessings of life
-be yours. I shall always remember you with gratitude,
-and the story of your visit will be handed down from
-generation to generation by the amautas as part of
-the history of the nation.”</p>
-
-<p>One of the officers gave a sharp command and the
-column of men, each carrying a pack containing one
-hundred pounds of gold and gems on his back, started
-forward. Ted and Stanley followed.</p>
-
-<p>An hour later they were descending a green slope,
-their first glimpse of the outer world in many months.
-They were happy, for they were on the way home.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<div class="transnote">
-<p class="ph1">TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES:</p>
-
-<p>Obvious typographical errors have been corrected.</p>
-
-<p>Inconsistencies in hyphenation have been standardized.</p>
-
-<p>Archaic or variant spelling has been retained.</p>
-</div></div>
-<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK IN THE TIGER&#039;S LAIR ***</div>
-<div style='text-align:left'>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Updated editions will replace the previous one&#8212;the old editions will
-be renamed.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG&#8482;
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away&#8212;you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-</div>
-
-<div style='margin-top:1em; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE</div>
-<div style='text-align:center;font-size:0.9em'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE</div>
-<div style='text-align:center;font-size:0.9em'>PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-To protect the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase &#8220;Project
-Gutenberg&#8221;), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person
-or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.B. &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (&#8220;the
-Foundation&#8221; or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg&#8482; work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work (any work
-on which the phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; appears, or with which the
-phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-</div>
-
-<blockquote>
- <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
- other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
- whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
- of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
- at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
- are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws
- of the country where you are located before using this eBook.
- </div>
-</blockquote>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase &#8220;Project
-Gutenberg&#8221; associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg&#8482; License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg&#8482;.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; License.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work in a format
-other than &#8220;Plain Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg&#8482; website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original &#8220;Plain
-Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg&#8482; works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-provided that:
-</div>
-
-<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'>
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &#8226; You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, &#8220;Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation.&#8221;
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &#8226; You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
- works.
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &#8226; You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &#8226; You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works.
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain &#8220;Defects,&#8221; such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the &#8220;Right
-of Replacement or Refund&#8221; described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you &#8216;AS-IS&#8217;, WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg&#8482;&#8217;s
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg&#8482; collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg&#8482; and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation&#8217;s EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state&#8217;s laws.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Foundation&#8217;s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation&#8217;s website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
-public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
-visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg&#8482;,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-</div>
-
-</div>
-</body>
-</html>